TWI297682B - 2-oxo-1-pyrrolidine derivatives, processes for preparing them and their uses - Google Patents

2-oxo-1-pyrrolidine derivatives, processes for preparing them and their uses Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI297682B
TWI297682B TW90105824A TW90105824A TWI297682B TW I297682 B TWI297682 B TW I297682B TW 90105824 A TW90105824 A TW 90105824A TW 90105824 A TW90105824 A TW 90105824A TW I297682 B TWI297682 B TW I297682B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
oxy
pyrrolidinyl
butanamine
group
methyl
Prior art date
Application number
TW90105824A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Differding Edmond
Kenda Benoit
Lallemand Benedicte
Matagne Alain
Michael Philippe
Pasau Patrick
Talaga Patrice
Original Assignee
Ucb Sa
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Ucb Sa filed Critical Ucb Sa
Priority to TW90105824A priority Critical patent/TWI297682B/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI297682B publication Critical patent/TWI297682B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Description

1297682 A7 B7 五、發明說明(1) 本發明係有關2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶衍生物,其製法,含有 此等化合物之醫藥組合物及其用作爲藥物之用途。 歐洲專利第〇 1 62 036 B1號揭示化合物(S)-a -乙基-2 氧基-1 -吡咯啶乙醯胺,具有國際非專屬名稱左堤拉西坦 (levetiracetam) ° 左堤拉西坦是左旋化合物,揭示用作爲中樞神經系統 之缺氧及缺血型傷害的治療及預防用保護劑。此種化合物 也可有效用於治療癲癇,對此種治療適應症其右旋對映異 構體(R ) - α -乙基-2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶乙醯胺(亦由歐洲專 利案第0 1 65 9 1 9 Β1號已知)完全缺乏活性(A.J. GOWER等 人,歐洲藥理期刊,211,( 1 992 ),1 93 - 203 )。 外消旋α -乙基-2 -氧基-N吡咯啶乙醯胺及其類似物由 英國專利第1 309 692號爲已知。美國專利第3 459 738 號揭示2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶乙醯胺衍生物。歐洲專利第 0 645 1 39 Β1號揭示左堤拉西坦之解焦慮活性。PCT申請 案第PCT/EP00/11808號揭示左堤拉西坦用於兩極性病症 、偏頭痛、慢性或神經病變疼痛之治療及/或預防性處理 之用途,以及左堤拉西坦與至少一種可誘生藉GABAa受體 媒介的神經抑制作用的化合物的組合。 今曰出乎意外地發現某些左堤拉西坦類似物,特別吡 咯啶酮環帶有進一步取代之化合物驗證顯著改良的治療 性質。 就一特徵方面,本發明提供一種具有式I之化合物或 其醫藥可接受性鹽 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 請 先 閱 讀 背 之 注 意 事 項 S( 寫 本 頁 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印制衣 1297682 A7 B7 RJa R4a1297682 A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTION DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION (1) The present invention relates to a 2-oxy-1-pyrrolidine derivative, a process for the preparation thereof, a pharmaceutical composition containing the same, and use thereof as a medicament. European Patent No. 621 62 036 B1 discloses the compound (S)-a-ethyl-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinium, having the international non-exclusive name levetiracetam (left vetirace) Tan is a levorotatory compound that reveals a protective agent for the treatment and prevention of hypoxia and ischemic injury as the central nervous system. This compound is also effective in the treatment of epilepsy, a therapeutic indication for its right-handed enantiomer (R)-α-ethyl-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinium (also from Europe) Patent No. 0 1 65 9 1 9 Β1 is completely lacking in activity (AJ GOWER et al., European Journal of Pharmacology, 211, (1 992), 193-203). Racemic α-ethyl-2-oxy-N pyrrolidineacetamide and its analogs are known from British Patent No. 1,309,692. U.S. Patent No. 3,459,738 discloses 2-oxy-1 -pyrrolidinium derivatives. European Patent No. 0 645 1 39 Β1 reveals the anxiolytic activity of levetiracetam. PCT Application No. PCT/EP00/11808 discloses the use of levetiracetam for the treatment and/or prophylactic treatment of bipolar disorders, migraine, chronic or neuropathic pain, and levetiracetam and at least one A combination of compounds that induce neuroinhibition by GABAa receptor mediators. It has unexpectedly been found that certain levetiracetam analogs, particularly those with a further substitution of the pyrrolidone ring, have demonstrated significantly improved therapeutic properties. In a characteristic aspect, the present invention provides a compound having the formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). Please read the back note S ( Write this pageThe Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperatives Printed clothing 1297682 A7 B7 RJa R4a

A2 R X i、發明說明(2 ) (I) 其中 X 爲- CAiNW 或- CAWR7 或- CA^R8 或 CN; A1及A2分別爲氧、硫或_nr9 ; R1爲氫,烷基,芳基或-CH2-Rla其中Rla爲芳基、雜 環' 鹵原子、羥基、胺基、硝基或氰基; R2,R3及R4爲相同或相異且各自分別爲氫,鹵原子, 經基,锍基、胺基,硝基,硝氧基,氰基,疊氮基,羧 基,醯胺基,磺酸,磺醯胺,烷基,烯基,炔基,酯, 醚’芳基,雜環或氧衍生物,硫衍生物,胺基衍生物, 醯基衍生物’磺醯基衍生物或亞磺醯基衍生物。 R2a,R3a及R4a爲相同或相異且各自分別爲氫,鹵原子 ,烷基,烯基,炔基或芳基; R5,R6,R7及R9爲相同或相異且各自分別爲氫,羥基 ,烷基,芳基,雜環或氧衍生物;以及 R8爲氫,羥基,毓基,鹵原子,烷基,芳基,雜環或 疏衍生物; 但1?2,1^,1?4,1^,1^,及8^中之至少一者非爲氫;以及當 化合物爲全部可能的異構物混合物時,X爲- CONR5R6,A2爲 氧以及R1爲氫,甲基,乙基或丙基時則壯略D定環上的取代 非爲一-、二-或三-甲基或一-乙基;以及當 -4- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐) 零壯衣--------訂-------—· (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1297682 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明() ,R3a &R4a各自爲氫,A2爲氧及X爲CONR5R6時R3非爲羧 基,酯,醯胺基,取代氧基-吡咯啶,羥基,氧衍生物,胺 基,胺基衍生物,甲基,萘基,苯基選擇性藉氧衍生物取 代或於對位由鹵原子取代。 下述定義中,除非另行陳述,否則R11及R13爲相同或 相異且各自分別爲醯胺基,烷基,烯基,炔基,醯基, 酯,醚,芳基,芳烷基,雜環或氧衍生物,硫衍生物, 醯基衍生物,胺基衍生物,磺醯基衍生物或亞磺醯基衍 生物,各自選擇性以任何適當基取代,包括但非限於一 或多個選自低碳烷基或其它後文說明爲烷基取代基之基 的部分。 「氧衍生物」一詞用於此處定義爲包括-Ο-R11基,其 中R U定義如前,「氧衍生物」除外。非限制性實例有烷 氧基,烯氧基,炔氧基,醯氧基,氧酯基,氧醯胺基, 烷基磺醯氧基,烷基亞磺醯氧基,芳基磺醯氧基,芳基 亞磺醯氧基,芳氧基,芳烷氧基或雜環氧基如戊氧基、 烯丙氧基、甲氧基、乙氧基、苯氧基、苄氧基、2 -萘氧 基、2 -吡啶氧基、亞甲基二氧基、碳酸基。 「硫衍生物」一詞用於此處定義爲包括-S - R11基,其 中R11定義如前,「硫衍生物」除外。非限制性實例有烷 硫基、烯硫基、炔硫基及芳硫基。 「胺基衍生物」一詞用於此處定義爲包括-NHR11或-NRUR12基,其中R11及R12定義如前。非限制性實例有一-或二-烷基-、烯基-、炔基-及芳基胺基或混合胺基。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ▼装--------訂·--------. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1297682 A7 B7 i、發明說明() (請先閱讀背面之注咅?事項再填寫本頁) 「醯基衍生物」一詞用於此處表示衍生自羧酸之基團 ,如此定義包括式R1 LCO-基,其中R11定義如前也可爲 氫。非限制性實例有甲醯基,乙醯基,丙醯基,異丁醯 基,戊醯基,月桂醯基,庚烷二醯基,環己烷羰基,巴 豆醯基,反丁烯二醯基,丙烯醯基,苯甲醯基,萘甲醯 基,呋喃醯基,菸鹼醯基,4-羧丁醯基,草醯基,乙草 醯基,半胱胺醯基,草胺醯基。 「磺醯基衍生物」一詞用於此處定義爲包括式- SCh-R11 基,其中R11定義如前,但「磺醯基衍生物」除外。非限 制性實例有烷基磺醯基,烯基磺醯基,炔基磺醯基及芳 基磺醯基。 「亞磺醯基衍生物」一詞用於此處定義爲包括式-S〇2-Ru基,其中R11定義如前,但「亞磺醯基衍生物」 除外。非限制性實例有烷基亞磺醯基,烯基亞磺醯基, 炔基亞磺醯基及芳基亞磺醯基。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 「烷基」一詞用於此處定義爲帶有直鏈、分支或環狀 部分或其組合以及含有1至20個碳原子,較佳對非環狀烷 基爲1-6個碳原子以及環烷基爲3 - 6個碳原子(兩種較佳例 中除非另行陳明否則稱作「低碳烷基」)之飽和一價烴基 。烷基部分可選擇性經以1至5個分別選自鹵原子、羥基 、锍基、胺基、硝基、氰基、硫氰酸基、醯基、醯氧基、 磺醯基衍生物、亞磺醯基衍生物、烷基胺基、羧基、酯 基、醚基、醯胺基、疊氮基、環烷基、磺酸基、磺醯胺 基、硫衍生物、氧酯基、氧醯胺基、雜環基、乙烯基、 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1297682 五、發明説明(5 )A2 RX i, invention description (2) (I) wherein X is - CAiNW or - CAWR7 or - CA^R8 or CN; A1 and A2 are respectively oxygen, sulfur or _nr9; R1 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or -CH2-Rla wherein Rla is aryl, heterocyclic 'halogen, hydroxy, amine, nitro or cyano; R2, R3 and R4 are the same or different and each are respectively hydrogen, halogen atom, thiol, hydrazine Base, amine group, nitro group, nitroxide group, cyano group, azido group, carboxyl group, decylamino group, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, ester, ether 'aryl group, heterocyclic ring Or an oxygen derivative, a sulfur derivative, an amine derivative, a mercapto derivative 'sulfonyl derivative or a sulfinyl derivative. R2a, R3a and R4a are the same or different and each are respectively hydrogen, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group or an aryl group; R5, R6, R7 and R9 are the same or different and each are respectively a hydrogen group, a hydroxyl group , alkyl, aryl, heterocyclic or oxygen derivative; and R8 is hydrogen, hydroxy, decyl, halogen, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclic or hydrazine; but 1?2,1^,1? At least one of 4,1^,1^, and 8^ is not hydrogen; and when the compound is a mixture of all possible isomers, X is -CONR5R6, A2 is oxygen, and R1 is hydrogen, methyl, B. When the base or propyl is used, the substitution on the D ring is not mono-, di- or tri-methyl or mono-ethyl; and when the -4- paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification ( 210 x 297 mm) Zero Sweatshirt--------Book--------· (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 1297682 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Employees Consumption Cooperatives Printed V. Inventions (), R3a & R4a are each hydrogen, A2 is oxygen and X is CONR5R6, R3 is not carboxyl, ester, guanamine, substituted oxy -pyrrole , a hydroxyl group, an oxygen derivative, an amine group, an amine derivative, a methyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenyl group optionally substituted by an oxygen derivative or substituted at a para position by a halogen atom. In the following definitions, unless otherwise stated, R11 And R13 are the same or different and each are amidino, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, decyl, ester, ether, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclic or oxygen derivative, sulfur derivative, hydrazine a base derivative, an amino derivative, a sulfonyl derivative or a sulfinyl derivative, each of which is optionally substituted with any suitable group, including but not limited to one or more selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl or other A moiety which is a group of an alkyl substituent. The term "oxygen derivative" is used herein to include a radical -R-R11, wherein RU is as defined above, except for "oxygen derivative". Non-limiting examples are alkoxylation. , alkenyloxy, alkynyloxy, nonyloxy, oxyester, oxoamine, alkylsulfonyloxy, alkylsulfinyloxy, arylsulfonyloxy, arylsulfin Oxyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy or heterocyclic oxy group such as pentyloxy, allyloxy, methoxy, ethoxy, phenoxy Benzyloxy, 2-naphthyloxy, 2-pyridyloxy, methylenedioxy, carbonate. The term "sulfur derivative" is used herein to include the radical -S-R11, wherein R11 is as defined Except for "sulfur derivatives", non-limiting examples are alkylthio, olefinylthio, alkynylthio and arylthio. The term "amino derivative" is used herein to mean -NHR11 or -NRUR12 a group wherein R11 and R12 are as defined above. Non-limiting examples are a- or di-alkyl-, alkenyl-, alkynyl- and arylamine-based or mixed amine groups. This paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS). A4 size (210 X 297 mm) ▼Install -----------------. (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1297682 A7 B7 i, invention description () (Please read the note on the back first? Further information on this page. The term "mercapto derivative" is used herein to mean a group derived from a carboxylic acid. The definition thus includes the formula R1 LCO- group, wherein R11 is as defined above as hydrogen. Non-limiting examples are methyl, ethyl, propyl, isobutyl, pentylene, lauryl, heptanediyl, cyclohexanecarbonyl, crotonyl, antibutenyl, Propylene fluorenyl, benzamidine, naphthylmethyl, furyl sulfhydryl, nicotine sulfhydryl, 4-carboxybutyl fluorenyl, oxalyl, acetoinyl, cysteamine sulfhydryl, oxalyl thiol. The term "sulfonyl derivative" is used herein to include the formula -SCh-R11, wherein R11 is as defined above, with the exception of "sulfonyl derivative". Non-limiting examples are alkylsulfonyl, alkenylsulfonyl, alkynylsulfonyl and arylsulfonyl. The term "sulfinyl derivative" is used herein to include a radical of the formula -S〇2-Ru, wherein R11 is as defined above, except for "sulfinyl derivative". Non-limiting examples are alkyl sulfinylene, alkenylsulfinyl, alkynylsulfinyl and arylsulfinyl. The term "alkyl" printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economics is defined herein as having a linear, branched or cyclic moiety or a combination thereof and containing from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably acyclic. A saturated monovalent hydrocarbon group in which the alkyl group is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the cycloalkyl group is 3 to 6 carbon atoms (two preferred examples are referred to as "lower alkyl groups" unless otherwise stated). The alkyl moiety may be optionally selected from 1 to 5, respectively, selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a decyl group, an amine group, a nitro group, a cyano group, a thiocyanate group, a decyl group, a decyloxy group, a sulfonyl group derivative, Sulfosyl derivative, alkylamino group, carboxyl group, ester group, ether group, decylamino group, azido group, cycloalkyl group, sulfonic acid group, sulfonylamino group, sulfur derivative, oxyester group, oxygen Amidoxime, heterocyclic group, vinyl, this paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1297682 V. Invention description (5)

Cm-烷氧基,(V!。-芳氧基及Cn。-芳基組成的組群之取代基 取代。 較佳烷基爲甲基,乙基,丙基,異丙基,丁基,異-或 第三丁基,及2 , 2,2 -三甲基乙基其各自選擇性經以至少--個選自鹵原子、羥基、锍基、胺基、硝基及氰基組成的 組群之取代基取代,例如三氟甲基,三氯甲基,2,2,2 -三 氯乙基,1,1-二甲基-2,2 -二溴乙基,1,1-二甲基- 2,2,2-三氯乙基。 「稀基」一詞用於此處定義爲包括具有至少一個雙鍵 例如乙烯基(=乙烯基),1 -甲基-1 -乙烯基,2,2 -二甲基 -1 -乙烯基,1 _丙烯基,2 -丙烯基(=烯丙基),1 - 丁烯基 ,2-丁烯基,3-丁烯基,4 -戊烯基,1-甲基-4-戊烯基, 3 -甲基-1 -戊烯基,1 -己烯基,2 -己烯基等以及選擇性經 以至少一個選自鹵原子、羥基、锍基、胺基、硝基、氰 基、芳基及雜環基組成的組群之取代基取代的分支及未 分支未飽和烴基,例如一-及二-鹵乙烯基,此處鹵爲氟 、氯或溴。 「炔基」一詞用於此處定義爲含有至少一個碳-碳參鍵 例如乙炔基、2 -丙炔基(=炔丙基)等且選擇性經以至少 一個選自鹵原子、羥基、锍基、胺基、硝基、氰基、芳 基及雜環基組成的組群之取代基取代的一價分支或未分 支烴基,例如鹵乙炔基。 當存在爲架橋基時,烷基、烯基及炔基分別表示直鏈 或分支鏈,Cl-丨2較佳Cl-4_伸烷基或C2-丨2-,較佳C2 + -7- 1297682 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明() 伸烯基或-伸炔基部分。 分支衍生物習知以字首(例如「正」、「第二」、「異」 等)加以規定的基(例如「正丙基」、「第二丁基」)除非 ,另行陳述否則係呈正形式。 「芳基」一詞用於此處定義爲包括衍生自由1至3個環 組成,且含有6至30個碳原子之芳族烴經由去除一個氫例 如苯基及萘基各自選擇性經以1至5個分別選自鹵原子、 羥基、锍基、胺基、硝基、氰基、醯基、醯氧基、磺醯 基、亞磺醯基、烷基、胺基、羧基、酯基、醚基、醯胺 基、疊氮基、磺酸基、磺醯胺基、烷基磺醯基、烷基亞 磺醯基、烷硫基、氧酯基、氧醯胺基、芳基、C^6-烷氧 基、C6.10-方氧基、Cl_6-院基、Cl-6 -鹵院基之取代基 取代的有機基團。芳基基團較佳爲含6至1 0個碳原子之單 環。較佳芳基爲苯基及萘基各自經以1至5個分別選自鹵 原子、硝基、胺基、疊氮基、C丨—6-烷氧基、Ci-6-烷硫 基、CVi烷基、Cr6-鹵烷基及苯基之取代基取代。 「鹵原子」一詞用於此處包括C 1、B r、F、I原子。 「經基」一詞用於此處表不式-OH基。 「锍基」一詞用於此處表示式-SH基。 「氰基」一詞用於此處表示式-CN基。 「硝基」一詞用於此處表不式-N 0 2基。 「硝基氧基」一詞用於此處表示式-ON〇2基。 「胺基」一詞用於此處表示式-NH2基。 「K氮基」一詞用於此處表不式-N3基。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ----訂.-------- 1297682 A7 B7 五、發明說明(7) 「竣基」一詞用於此處表不式-COOH基。 「磺酸基」一詞用於此處表示式- S〇3H基。 「擴醯胺基」一詞用於此處表不式-S02NH2基。 「酯基」一詞用於此處表示式- COO-R11基。 其中R11定義如前,但氧衍生物、硫衍生物或胺基衍生 物除外。 「醚基」一詞定義爲包括選自Cr5。直鏈或分支烷基, 或C2. 50直鏈或分支烯基或炔基或其組合藉一或多個氧原 子岔斷之基。 「醯胺基」一詞定義爲包括式-CONH2或-CONHR11或 -CONRHR12,其中R11及R12定義如前。 「雜環基」一詞用於此處定義爲包括如上定義之芳族 或非芳族環狀烷基、烯基、或炔基部分,其帶有至少一 個0、S及/或N原子岔斷碳環系環結構,以及選擇性碳環 系環結構中之一個碳可藉羰基置換。芳族雜環之非限制 性實例爲吡啶基,呋喃基,吡咯基,噻吩基,異噻唑基 ,咪唑基,苯并咪唑基,四唑基,喹唑啉基,喹啉畊基 ,萘啶基,嗒畊基,嘧啶基,吡哄基,喹啉基,異Π奎啉 基,異苯并呋喃基,苯并噻吩基,吡唑基,吲哚基,吲 哚畊基,嘌呤基,異吲哚基,卡巴唑基,噻唑基,1,2, 4 -噻二唑基,噻吩并(2, 3-b)呋喃基,呋喃并吡喃基,苯 并呋喃基,苯并氧雜罩基,異噚唑基,噚唑基,噻蒽基 ,苯并噻唑基,或苯并噚唑基,噌啉基,酞哄基,喹噚 啉基,菲啶基,吖啶基,啪啶基,菲啉基,吩噻哄基, -9- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝------ 訂--------- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1297682 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明() 呋贊基,苯并二氫吡喃基,吲哚啉基,氧雜蒽基,次黃 質基’喋啶基’ 5 -氮雜胞啶基,5 -氮雜脲啶基,三唑并 吡啶基,咪唑并吡啶基,吡咯并嘧啶基及吡唑并嘧啶基 ’此等基團係選擇性經以院基或如前文對院基所述取代 。非芳族雜環之非限制性實例有四氫呋喃基,四氫吡喃 基’六氫啦π定甲基’六氫η比d定基,六氫壯畊基,咪η坐口定 基’嗎啉并,嗎啉基,1 -氧雜螺(4 · 5 )癸-2 -基,吡咯啶 基,2 -氧基-吡咯啶基,糖部分(亦即葡萄糖、戊糖、己 糖、核糖,果糖其也可經取代)或可選擇性以任何適當基 取代,包括但非限於一或多個選自低碳烷基、或其它前 文對烷基所述之基之部分。「雜環基」一詞也包括雙環 、三環及四環、螺基其中任何前述雜環系環稠合至一或 二個環,該等環係分別選自芳香環、環己烷環、環己烯 環、環戊烷環、環戊烯環或其它單環系雜環族環,或此 處單環系雜環基環藉伸烷基橋接例如喹嚀啶基,7 _氮雜 雙環(2 · 2 · 1 )庚烷基,7 -氧雜雙環(2 . 2 . 1 )庚烷基,8 -氧 雜雙環(3.2.1)辛烷基。 前述定義中,須瞭解當取代基例如R2,R3,R4,R2a,R3a ,R4a, R5,R6, R7,R8透過雜原子或羰基而附接至分子的其 餘部分時,直鏈或分支鏈,Cu2較佳CV4伸烷基或 C2· 12較佳Cr4伸烯基或-伸炔基橋係選擇性插置於雜原 子或羰基與分子其餘部分附接點間。 X之較佳例爲-COOR7或-CONR5R6,其中R5,R6及R7較佳 爲氫,Cr4-烷基,苯基或烷基苯基。 -10- 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 5衣---- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂--------- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1297682 A7 B7 五、發明說明(9) 較佳X爲羧基或-CONR7R6,其中R5及R6較佳爲氫,a Cm-alkoxy group, a substituent of a group consisting of (V!-aryloxy group and Cn.-aryl group). Preferred alkyl groups are methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, Iso- or tert-butyl, and 2,2,2-trimethylethyl each having at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, an amine group, a nitro group, and a cyano group. Substituted by a substituent such as trifluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2,2-dibromoethyl, 1,1- Dimethyl-2,2,2-trichloroethyl. The term "dilute" is used herein to include having at least one double bond such as vinyl (=vinyl), 1-methyl-1 -ethylene. Base, 2,2-dimethyl-1-vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl (=allyl), 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 4 a pentenyl group, a 1-methyl-4-pentenyl group, a 3-methyl-1-pentenyl group, a 1-hexenyl group, a 2-hexenyl group, and the like, and optionally at least one selected from a halogen atom a substituent substituted with a substituent of a group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, an amine group, a nitro group, a cyano group, an aryl group and a heterocyclic group, and an unbranched unsaturated hydrocarbon group, Such as mono- and di-halovinyl, where the halo is fluoro, chloro or bromo. The term "alkynyl" is used herein to define a radical containing at least one carbon-carbon such as ethynyl, 2-propynyl (= a propargyl group or the like and optionally substituted by a monovalent branch substituted with at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, an amine group, a nitro group, a cyano group, an aryl group and a heterocyclic group or Unbranched hydrocarbyl group, such as haloethynyl. When present, the alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups respectively represent a straight or branched chain, and Cl-丨2 is preferably a C4-alkylene group or a C2-丨2 group. -, preferably C2 + -7- 1297682 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printing 5, invention description () extending alkenyl or - alkynyl moiety. Branch derivatives are known by prefix (eg "positive" The basis for the definition of "second", "different", etc. (eg "n-propyl", "second butyl") unless otherwise stated otherwise is in a positive form. The term "aryl" is used here. It is defined to include an aromatic hydrocarbon derived from 1 to 3 ring compositions and having 6 to 30 carbon atoms by removing a hydrogen such as a phenyl group. Each of the naphthyl groups is optionally selected from 1 to 5 selected from a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a decyl group, an amine group, a nitro group, a cyano group, a decyl group, a decyloxy group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfinyl group, an alkyl group, Amine, carboxyl, ester, ether, decyl, azide, sulfonate, sulfonylamino, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl, alkylthio, oxyester, oxygen An organic group substituted with a substituent of a decylamino group, an aryl group, a C6-alkoxy group, a C6.10-aryloxy group, a Cl_6-homo-based group, and a Cl-6-halogen-based group. The aryl group is preferably a group. a monocyclic ring having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Preferably, the aryl group is a phenyl group and a naphthyl group, and each of 1 to 5 is independently selected from a halogen atom, a nitro group, an amine group, an azide group, and a C丨-6 group. Substituted by alkoxy, Ci-6-alkylthio, CVi alkyl, Cr6-haloalkyl and phenyl substituents. The term "halogen atom" is used herein to include C1, Br, F, I atoms. The term "base" is used herein to describe the -OH group. The term "base" is used herein to mean the -SH group. The term "cyano" is used herein to mean the formula -CN. The term "nitro" is used herein to describe the formula -N 0 2 group. The term "nitrooxy" is used herein to mean the formula -ON〇2. The term "amino" is used herein to mean the formula -NH2. The term "K-nitrogen" is used herein to refer to the formula -N3. This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) ----Book.-------- 1297682 A7 B7 V (Invention) (7) The term "mercapto" is used herein to describe the formula -COOH. The term "sulfonic acid group" is used herein to mean the formula - S〇3H group. The term "denylamine" is used herein to describe the radical -S02NH2. The term "ester group" is used herein to mean the formula - COO-R11 group. Wherein R11 is as defined above, except for oxygen derivatives, sulfur derivatives or amine-based derivatives. The term "ether group" is defined to include a moiety selected from Cr5. A linear or branched alkyl group, or a C2.50 linear or branched alkenyl or alkynyl group or a combination thereof is interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms. The term "amylamine" is defined to include the formula -CONH2 or -CONHR11 or -CONRHR12, where R11 and R12 are as defined above. The term "heterocyclyl" is used herein to define an aromatic or non-aromatic cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety, as defined above, bearing at least one 0, S and/or N atom. The carbon ring ring structure and one of the carbon rings in the selective carbocyclic ring structure may be replaced by a carbonyl group. Non-limiting examples of aromatic heterocycles are pyridyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, tetrazolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinol, naphthyridine , hydrazine, pyrimidinyl, pyridyl, quinolyl, isoindole quinolyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzothienyl, pyrazolyl, fluorenyl, hydrazine, sulfhydryl, Isoindolyl, carbosazolyl, thiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, thieno(2,3-b)furanyl, furopyranyl, benzofuranyl, benzoxazepine Base, isoxazolyl, carbazolyl, thioxyl, benzothiazolyl, or benzoxazolyl, porphyrinyl, fluorenyl, quinoxalinyl, phenanthryl, acridinyl, anthracene Acridine, phenanthryl, phenothiphenyl, -9- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) ---- Order--------- Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed 1297682 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printing 5, invention description () furzanyl, benzene Dihydropyranyl, porphyrinyl, xanthenyl, hypoxanthyl 'acridinyl' 5-azacytidine, 5-azopenidine group, triazolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, The pyrrolopyrimidinyl and pyrazolopyrimidinyl groups are optionally substituted with a court base or as described above for a deuteromeric group. Non-limiting examples of non-aromatic heterocycles are tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl 'hexahydropyridinium methyl' hexahydro-n-d-decyl, hexahydro-strong cultivating, imi-n-butyl-morpholine , morpholinyl, 1-oxaspiro(4 · 5 )indole-2-yl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxy-pyrrolidinyl, sugar moiety (ie glucose, pentose, hexose, ribose, fructose) It may also be substituted or may be optionally substituted with any suitable group including, but not limited to, one or more selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl groups, or other groups previously described for alkyl groups. The term "heterocyclyl" also includes bicyclic, tricyclic, and tetracyclic, spiro groups wherein any of the foregoing heterocyclic rings are fused to one or two rings, each selected from the group consisting of an aromatic ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclohexene ring, a cyclopentane ring, a cyclopentene ring or other monocyclic heterocyclic ring, or a monocyclic heterocyclyl ring-extended alkyl bridge herein, such as a quinacridinyl group, a 7-azabicyclo ring (2 · 2 · 1 ) heptyl, 7-oxabicyclo(2 . 2 . 1 )heptyl, 8-oxabicyclo(3.2.1)octyl. In the foregoing definition, it is understood that when a substituent such as R2, R3, R4, R2a, R3a, R4a, R5, R6, R7, R8 is attached to the remainder of the molecule through a hetero atom or a carbonyl group, a straight or branched chain, Preferably, Cu2 is C4 alkyl or C12. Preferably, the Cr4 extended alkenyl or -exynyl bridge is selectively interposed between the heteroatom or carbonyl group and the remainder of the molecule. A preferred example of X is -COOR7 or -CONR5R6, wherein R5, R6 and R7 are preferably hydrogen, Cr4-alkyl, phenyl or alkylphenyl. -10- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). 5 Clothes---- (Please read the notes on the back and fill in this page) -- Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Bureau, Staff Consumer Cooperative, Printed 1297682 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (9) Preferably X is a carboxyl group or -CONR7R6, wherein R5 and R6 are preferably hydrogen,

Ci.4-烷基,苯基或烷基苯基特別-conh2。 較佳A1及A2各自爲氧。 較佳R1爲氫,烷基特別烷基特別低碳烷基或芳 基特別苯基。 較佳R1基例如爲甲基,乙基,丙基,異丙基,丁基, 異-或第三丁基,2,2, 2-三甲基乙基各自選擇性透過亞甲基 橋選擇性附接或經以至少一個鹵原子取代,例如三氟甲 基,三氯甲基,2,2, 2-三氯乙基,1,1-二甲基-2,2-二 溴乙基1,1-二甲基-2,2,2 -三氯乙基。 R1以乙基爲待佳。 較佳R2及R2a分別爲氫,鹵原子或烷基特別爲低碳烷基。 R2及R2a基之較佳例分別爲氫,鹵原子,或甲基,乙基 ,丙基,異丙基,丁基,異-或第三-丁基,2,2,2-三甲 基乙基或其經以至少一個鹵原子取代,例如三氟甲基, 三氯甲基,2,2,2-三氯乙基,1,1-二甲基-2, 2-二溴乙基 ,1,1-二甲基-2,2,2-三氯乙基。 特別至少一個以及最佳R2及1?23皆爲氫。 較佳R3a,R4及1?“分別爲氫,特別爲甲基或乙基或芳基 特別爲苯基或芳烷基,特別爲苄基。 R3a,R4及R4a基之較佳例分別爲氫,鹵原子,或甲基, 乙基,丙基,異丙基,丁基,異-或第三-丁基,2,2,2-三甲基乙基或其經以至少一個鹵原子取代,例如三氟甲 基,三氯甲基,2,2,2 -三氯乙基,1,1-二甲基- 2,2 -二溴 -11- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -----------裝--------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1297682 五、發明説明() 乙基,1,1-二甲基-2,2,2-三氯乙基。 特別至少一個且最佳R4及R4a二者皆爲氫。 1^311特別爲氫或烷基,特別爲低碳烷基及最佳爲氫。 較佳R 3爲氫,C 1 . 1 2 -院基特別爲C 1 . 6 -院基’各自選 擇性經以一或多個選自羥基、鹵原子、氰基、硫氰基或 烷氧基之取代基取代且係直接或透過硫、亞磺醯基、磺 醯基、羰基或氧羰基及選擇性CVe伸烷基橋,特別亞甲 基附接至環;C2_6-烯基或-炔基,特別c2.3-烯基或-炔 基其各自選擇性經以一或多個鹵原子取代;疊氮基;氰 基;醯胺基;羧基;三唑基,四唑基,吡咯啶基,吡啶 基,1-氧化吡啶基,硫嗎啉基,苯并二氧伍圜基,呋喃 基,噚唑基,嘧啶基,吡咯基,噻二唑基,噻唑基,噻 吩基或六氫吡畊基其各自選擇性經以一或多個選自鹵原 子、+烷基及苯基之取代基取代,且係直接或透過羰 基或Ci.4-伸烷基橋特別亞甲基附接至環;萘基;或苯 基,苯烷基或苯烯基各自選擇性經以一或多個選自鹵原 子、C卜6-烷基、C丨_卜鹵烷基、C丨·6-烷氧基、C卜6-烷硫基、 胺基、疊氮基、苯基及硝基之取代基取代,且各自直接或 透過一個氧、磺醯基、磺醯氧基、羰基或羰氧基以及選擇 性額外透過Cu-伸烷基橋特別亞甲基附接至環。 又較佳1^3爲C!. 6-烷基選擇性經以一或多個選自鹵原 子、硫氧酸基、豐氣基、院氧基、院硫基、苯基擴酸基 之取代基取代;硝基氧基;C2. 3-烯基或-炔基各自選擇 -12- 1297682 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明( 性經以一或多個鹵原子或乙醯基取代;四唑基,吡啶基 ,呋喃基,吡咯基,噻唑基或噻吩基;或苯基或苯基烷 基各自選擇性經以一或多個選自鹵原子、Cr6-烷基、Ci. 4-alkyl, phenyl or alkylphenyl, especially -conh2. Preferably, each of A1 and A2 is oxygen. Preferably, R1 is hydrogen, and the alkyl group is particularly alkyl, particularly lower alkyl or aryl, particularly phenyl. Preferably, the R1 group is, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, iso- or tert-butyl, 2,2,2-trimethylethyl, each selectively passed through a methylene bridge. Sexually attached or substituted with at least one halogen atom, such as trifluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2,2-dibromoethyl 1,1-dimethyl-2,2,2-trichloroethyl. R1 is better with ethyl. Preferably, R2 and R2a are each hydrogen, and the halogen atom or alkyl group is especially a lower alkyl group. Preferred examples of the R2 and R2a groups are hydrogen, halogen, or methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, iso- or tert-butyl, 2,2,2-trimethyl. Ethyl or its substituted with at least one halogen atom, such as trifluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2,2-dibromoethyl 1,1-dimethyl-2,2,2-trichloroethyl. Particularly at least one and the best R2 and 1-23 are all hydrogen. Preferably, R3a, R4 and 1?" are respectively hydrogen, especially methyl or ethyl or aryl, especially phenyl or aralkyl, especially benzyl. Preferred examples of R3a, R4 and R4a are hydrogen, respectively. , halogen atom, or methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, iso- or tert-butyl, 2,2,2-trimethylethyl or substituted by at least one halogen atom , for example, trifluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2,2-dibromo-11- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) -----------Package--------Book--------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill in this Page 1297682 V. INSTRUCTIONS () Ethyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2,2,2-trichloroethyl. Particularly at least one and most preferably both R4 and R4a are hydrogen. Is hydrogen or an alkyl group, especially a lower alkyl group and most preferably hydrogen. Preferably, R 3 is hydrogen, and C 1 . 1 2 -the hospital base is particularly C 1 . Substituting a plurality of substituents selected from a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a thiocyano group or an alkoxy group and directly or through a sulfur, a sulfinyl group, a sulfonyl group, a carbonyl group or a carbonyl group and a selective CVe alkylene bridge, particularly a methylene group attached to the ring; a C2_6-alkenyl group or an alkynyl group, particularly a c2.3-alkenyl group or an alkynyl group, each optionally having one or more halogens Atom substitution; azido group; cyano group; decylamino group; carboxyl group; triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyridyl, 1-oxypyridyl, thiomorpholinyl, benzodioxoyl, A furyl group, a carbazolyl group, a pyrimidinyl group, a pyrrolyl group, a thiadiazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, a thienyl group or a hexahydropyridinyl group, each of which is optionally selected from one or more selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a +alkyl group and a phenyl group. a substituent substituted, and attached directly or through a carbonyl group or a Ci.4-alkylene bridge, a particular methylene group attached to the ring; a naphthyl group; or a phenyl group, a phenylalkyl group or a phenylalkenyl group, each optionally A plurality of selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a C-6-alkyl group, a C丨-haloalkyl group, a C丨6-alkoxy group, a C-6-alkylthio group, an amine group, an azide group, a phenyl group, and a nitrate Substituents substituted, and each attached directly or through an oxygen, sulfonyl, sulfonyloxy, carbonyl or carbonyloxy group and optionally additionally through a Cu-extension alkyl bridge to a particular methylene group attached to the ring. Good 1^3 is C 6-alkyl-selectively substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a thiooxy acid group, a gas-rich group, an alkoxy group, a thiol group, a phenyl acid group; ; C2. 3-alkenyl or - alkynyl each selected -12- 1297682 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employees consumption cooperatives printed five, invention description (sexual replacement by one or more halogen atoms or acetyl groups; four An azolyl, pyridyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl or thienyl group; or a phenyl or phenylalkyl group, each optionally having one or more selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a Cr6-alkyl group,

Ci-6-鹵烷基、C!_6-烷氧基、胺基、疊氮基、苯基及硝 基之取代基取代,且各自直接或透過一個磺醯氧基以 及選擇性額外透過一個Cm-伸烷基橋,特別爲亞甲基 附接至環。 其它R3之較佳例爲氫,鹵原子或氫,鹵原子,或甲基, 乙基,丙基,異丙基,丁基,異-或第三-丁基,2,2,2-三甲基乙基或其經以至少一個鹵原子取代,例如三氟甲 基,三氯甲基,2,2,2 -三氯乙基,1,1-二甲基-2,2 -二溴 乙基,1,1-二甲基-2,2,2-三氯乙基。 R3特別爲Ci_4-烷基選擇性經以一或多個選自鹵原子 、硫氰酸基或疊氮基之取代基取代;烯基或-炔基 ,各自選擇性經以一或多個鹵原子取代;噻吩基;或苯 基選擇性經以一或多個選自鹵原子、Cl_6_烷基、C!_6鹵 烷基或疊氮基之取代基取代。 R3基之進一步較佳例爲Cm烷基及C2.6鹵烯基。 較佳R5及R6分別爲氫,甲基,乙基,丙基,異丙基’ 丁基,異-或第三-丁基,2,2,2 -三甲基乙基特別氫或甲 基。 特別至少一個且最佳R5及R6皆爲氫。 較佳R7爲氫,甲基,乙基,丙基,異丙基,丁基,異 -或第三-丁基,2,2,2-三甲基乙基,甲氧基,乙氧基, -13 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐) 零裝---- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) tr--------- 1297682 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 發明說明(12) 苯基,苄基或其經以至少一個鹵原子取代例如三氟甲基 ,氯苯基。 較佳R7爲氫,曱基或乙基特別爲氫。 較佳R8爲氫,甲基,乙基,丙基,異丙基,丁基,異 -或第三-丁基,2,2, 2 -三甲基乙基,苯基,苄基或其經 以至少一個鹵原子取代,例如三氟甲基,氯苯基。 較佳R8爲氫或甲基。 以一或多個此等較佳化合物基之組合物爲特佳。 式I化合物之特佳組群(化合物1 A )包含該等化合物其 中。 A2爲氧; X 爲- CONR5R6 或- COOR7 或- CO-R8 或 CN ; R1爲氫或烷基,芳基,鹵原子,羥基,胺基,硝基, 氰基; R2,R3,R4爲相同或相異且各自分別爲氫或鹵原子,羥 基,胺基,硝基,氰基,醯基,醯氧基,磺醯基衍生物 ,亞磺醯基衍生物,胺基衍生物,羧基,酯基,醚基, 醯胺基,磺酸基,磺醯胺基,烷氧羰基,硫衍生物,烷 基,烷氧基,氧酯基,氧醯胺基,芳基,氧衍生物,雜 環基,乙烯基,以及R3可額外表示C2」烯基,C2」炔基 或疊氮基其各自選擇性經以一或多個鹵原子、氰基、硫 氰基、疊氮基,環丙基,醯基及/或苯基取代;或苯基 磺醯氧基而任何苯基部分可經以一或多個鹵原子、烷基 -14- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) v ·ϋ el· mmmt n n 1·-·« iBi ^ i ^§0 eMMmw tet emmf emt ·ϋ I . (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) !297682 五、 發明說明( 13、 '鹵院基、烷氧基、硝基、胺基及/或苯基取代;最佳 爲甲基’乙基’丙基,異丙基,丁基或異丁基;Substituted with a substituent of Ci-6-haloalkyl, C!-6-alkoxy, amine, azide, phenyl and nitro, and each directly or through a sulfonyloxy group and optionally additionally passed through a Cm - an alkyl bridge, especially a methylene attached to the ring. Preferred examples of other R3 are hydrogen, halogen or hydrogen, halogen atom, or methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, iso- or tert-butyl, 2,2,2-tri Methyl ethyl group or substituted by at least one halogen atom, such as trifluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2,2-dibromo Ethyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2,2,2-trichloroethyl. R3 is particularly preferably Ci-4-alkyl-substituted with one or more substituents selected from a halogen atom, a thiocyanate group or an azide group; an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group, each optionally having one or more halogens Atom substituted; thienyl; or phenyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from a halogen atom, a Cl-6-alkyl group, a C!-6 halogen alkyl group or an azide group. Further preferred examples of the R3 group are a Cm alkyl group and a C2.6 haloalkenyl group. Preferably, R5 and R6 are respectively hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl 'butyl, iso- or tert-butyl, 2,2,2-trimethylethyl-hydrogen or methyl . Particularly at least one and most preferably both R5 and R6 are hydrogen. Preferably R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, iso- or tert-butyl, 2,2,2-trimethylethyl, methoxy, ethoxy , -13 - This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 mm). Zero-loading---- (Please read the notes on the back and fill in this page) tr------- -- 1297682 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed A7 B7 Description of Invention (12) Phenyl, benzyl or its substitution with at least one halogen atom such as trifluoromethyl, chlorophenyl. Preferably R7 is hydrogen, and the thiol or ethyl group is especially hydrogen. Preferred R8 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, iso- or tert-butyl, 2,2,2-trimethylethyl, phenyl, benzyl or Substituted with at least one halogen atom, such as trifluoromethyl, chlorophenyl. Preferably R8 is hydrogen or methyl. Compositions based on one or more of these preferred compound groups are particularly preferred. A particularly preferred group of compounds of formula I (Compound 1 A) comprises such compounds. A2 is oxygen; X is -CONR5R6 or -COOR7 or -CO-R8 or CN; R1 is hydrogen or alkyl, aryl, halogen, hydroxy, amine, nitro, cyano; R2, R3, R4 are the same Or different and each being hydrogen or a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, a nitro group, a cyano group, a decyl group, a decyloxy group, a sulfonyl derivative, a sulfinyl derivative, an amine derivative, a carboxyl group, Ester group, ether group, decylamino group, sulfonic acid group, sulfonylamino group, alkoxycarbonyl group, sulfur derivative, alkyl group, alkoxy group, oxyester group, oxonium group, aryl group, oxygen derivative, The heterocyclic group, the vinyl group, and R3 may additionally represent a C2"alkenyl group, and the C2"alkynyl group or the azide group may each optionally have one or more halogen atoms, a cyano group, a thiocyano group, an azide group, and a ring. Propyl, fluorenyl and / or phenyl substituted; or phenylsulfonyloxy and any phenyl moiety can be applied to one or more halogen atoms, alkyl-14- this paper scale applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210 X 297 mm) v ·ϋ el· mmmt nn 1·-·« iBi ^ i ^§0 eMMmw tet emmf emt ·ϋ I . (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) !297682 V , Description of the invention (13, 'halogen compound, alkoxy, nitro, amine and/or phenyl substituted; most preferably methyl 'ethyl' propyl, isopropyl, butyl or isobutyl;

Pf及广爲氫; K5,R6,R7爲相同或相異且各自分別爲氫,羥基,烷基 ’芳基’雜環基或氧衍生物;以及 R8爲氫’羥基,锍基,鹵原子,烷基,芳基,雜環基 ’烷硫基或硫衍生物。 此等化合物1A中,R1較佳爲甲基,乙基,丙基,異丙 基’丁基或異丁基;最佳爲甲基,乙基或正丙基。 R2及R4較佳分別爲氫或鹵原子或甲基,乙基,丙基, 異丙基,丁基或異丁基;以及最佳各自爲氫。 R3較佳爲cv5烷基,C2」烯基,C2.5炔基,環丙基, 疊氮基,各自選擇性經以一或多個鹵原子、氰基、硫氰 基、疊氮基、烷硫基、環丙基、醯基及/或苯基取代; 苯基;苯基磺醯基;苯基磺醯氧基、四唑、三唑、噻吩 基、呋喃基、吡咯、吡啶,因此任何苯基部分可經以一 或多個鹵原子、烷基、鹵烷基、烷氧基、硝基、胺基及 /或苯基取代;最佳爲甲基,乙基’丙基,異丙基,丁 基或異丁基。 X較佳爲- COOH或-COOMe或- COOEt或- C0NH2;最佳爲 C_2。 進一步特佳式I化合物組群(化合物1 B )包含下述化合 物其中 X 爲- CA^Nh,-CAWHCh 或-CA!N(CH3)2; -15- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 χ 297公釐) ------------錄衣 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂---------· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1297682 五、發明説明(14 ) R1爲烷基或苯基; R3爲烷基,烯基,炔基,氰基,異硫氰酸基,醚基, 羧基,醯胺基,芳基,雜環基;或 R3爲CH2R1()其中R1。爲氫,環烷基,氧酯基,氧烷基 磺醯基,氧芳基磺醯基,胺基烷基磺醯基’胺基芳基磺 醯基,硝基氧基,氰基,異硫氰酸基,醯胺基,烷硫基 ,芳硫基,烷基亞磺醯基,烷基磺醯基,雜環基,芳氧 基’院氧基或二氯乙基; Rh爲氫,烷基或芳基(特別當R3a爲氫時’R3非爲甲 基); 或R3R3a形成環烷基; 以及R2,R2a,R4及R4a各自爲氫。 式I化合物中, R1較佳爲烷基特別Cu2-更佳Ci t烷基及最佳爲乙 基; 1?2,1^,1^及R4a較佳爲氫。 R3較佳選自氫;Cm-烷基特別烷基,其各自 選擇性經以一或多個選自羥基、鹵原子、氰基、硫氰酸 基或烷氧基之取代基取代,且係直接或透過一個硫基、 亞磺醯基、磺醯基、羰基或氧羰基以及選擇性額外透過 一個C!_4-伸烷基橋特別亞甲基附接至環;Cm-烯基或 -炔基特別C2 +烯基或-炔基,各自選擇性經以一或多 個鹵原子取代,暨氣基;気基;釀胺基;錢基;二π坐基 ,四Π坐基,吡略D定基,吡D定基,1 -氧化吡D定基,硫嗎啉Pf and widely hydrogen; K5, R6, R7 are the same or different and each is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl 'aryl 'heterocyclic or oxygen derivative; and R8 is hydrogen 'hydroxyl, fluorenyl, halogen atom , alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl 'alkylthio or sulfur derivatives. In these compounds 1A, R1 is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl 'butyl group or an isobutyl group; most preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group or a n-propyl group. R2 and R4 are preferably each hydrogen or a halogen atom or a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group or an isobutyl group; and most preferably each is hydrogen. R3 is preferably a cv5 alkyl group, a C2" alkenyl group, a C2.5 alkynyl group, a cyclopropyl group, an azide group, each optionally having one or more halogen atoms, a cyano group, a thiocyano group, an azide group, Alkenylthio, cyclopropyl, decyl and/or phenyl substituted; phenyl; phenylsulfonyl; phenylsulfonyloxy, tetrazole, triazole, thienyl, furyl, pyrrole, pyridine, Any phenyl moiety may be substituted with one or more halogen atoms, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, nitro, amine and/or phenyl; most preferably methyl, ethyl'propyl, iso Propyl, butyl or isobutyl. X is preferably -COOH or -COOMe or -COOEt or -C0NH2; most preferably C_2. Further preferred compound group I (Compound 1 B) comprises the following compounds wherein X is -CA^Nh, -CAWHCh or -CA!N(CH3)2; -15- This paper scale applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 size (210 χ 297 mm) ------------ Recording clothing (please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Order---------· Ministry of Economics Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1297682 V. Description of Invention (14) R1 is alkyl or phenyl; R3 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cyano, isothiocyanate, ether, carboxyl, decylamine a aryl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group; or R3 is CH2R1() wherein R1. Is hydrogen, cycloalkyl, oxy ester, oxyalkylsulfonyl, oxyarylsulfonyl, aminoalkylsulfonyl 'aminoarylsulfonyl, nitrooxy, cyano, different Thiocyanate group, decylamino group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, alkylsulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, heterocyclic group, aryloxy group, or dichloroethyl; Rh is hydrogen An alkyl group or an aryl group (particularly when R3a is hydrogen, 'R3 is not a methyl group); or R3R3a forms a cycloalkyl group; and R2, R2a, R4 and R4a are each hydrogen. In the compound of the formula I, R1 is preferably an alkyl group, particularly a Cu2-more preferred Ci talkyl group, and most preferably an ethyl group; 1?2,1^,1^ and R4a are preferably hydrogen. R3 is preferably selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Cm-alkyl specific alkyl groups, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a thiocyanate group or an alkoxy group, and Directly or through a thiol, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, carbonyl or oxycarbonyl group and optionally additionally through a C!_4-alkylene bridge, a special methylene group attached to the ring; Cm-alkenyl or -alkyne a particularly C 2 + alkenyl or - alkynyl group, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, a dimethyl group; a fluorenyl group; a stilbene group; a benzyl group; a π s-based group, a tetradecyl group, a pyridyl group D-based, pyridyl D-based, 1-oxidized pyridyl D, thiomorpholine

-16- !297682 hP __ _ 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 發明說明(5) 基,苯并二氧伍圜基,呋喃基,噚唑基,嘧啶基,吡略 基,噻二唑基,噻唑基,噻吩基或六氫吡啶哄基,其各 自選擇性經以一或多個選自鹵原子、C 1 · 6 -院基及苯基之 取代基取代,且係直接或透過羰基或Cm-伸烷基橋特別 亞甲基附接至環;萘基;或苯基,苯烷基或苯基烯基各 自選擇性經以一或多個選自鹵原子、CV6-烷基、Cm-鹵烷基、Ci-6-烷氧基、C!_6-烷硫基、胺基、疊氮基、 苯基及硝基之取代基取代,且各自直接或透過一個氧基 、磺醯基、磺醯氧基、羰基或羰氧基以及選擇性額外透 過一個C!.—伸烷基橋,特別亞甲基附接至環。 R3a較佳爲氫或Cm-烷基; R4及1?“較佳分別爲氫,Cm-烷基,苯基或苄基。 式I化合物之又一較佳組群(化合物1C)包含呈外消旋 形式之化合物,其中當X爲-CONR5R6及R1爲氫、甲基, 乙基或丙基時,吡咯啶環上取代非爲一-、二-或三-甲 基或一乙基。 式I化合物之又一組群(化合物1D )包含呈外消旋形式 之化合物其中當X爲- CONR5R6及R1爲氫或Ci.e-烷基、 C2_6-烯基或-炔基或環烷基(各自爲無取代)時’環之取 代非由烷基、烯基或炔基(各自爲無取代)取代。 又一組特別式I化合物(化合物1E)包含其中’ X 爲-CA1·〗; R1 爲 Η ; R3爲疊氮甲基,碘甲基,乙基選擇性經以1至5個鹵原 -17- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -裝--------訂---------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1297682 A7 B7 五、發明說明(b (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 子取代,正丙基選擇性經以1至5個鹵原子取代,乙烯基 選擇性經以1或2個甲基及/或1至3個鹵原子取代,乙炔 基選擇性經以烷基、苯基或鹵原子取代; R3a爲氫或鹵原子,較佳爲氟; 以及R2,R2a,R4及R4a各自爲氫; 呈其外消旋化合物或呈對映異構物豐富形式,較佳爲純 對映異構體。 進一步特佳一組式I化合物(化合物1F)包含該等化合 物其中, X 爲-CA丨NH2 ; R1 爲 Η ; R3爲Ch6-烷基,C2_6-烯基或C2 +炔基選擇性經以 疊氮基、氧硝基、1至6個鹵原子取代;-16- !297682 hP __ _ Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed Β7 Β7 Description of invention (5) Base, benzodioxoyl, furyl, carbazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridyl, thia An oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl or hexahydropyridinyl group, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a C 1 · 6 -yard group, and a phenyl group, and is directly or a particular methylene group attached to the ring through a carbonyl or Cm-alkylene bridge; a naphthyl group; or a phenyl group, a phenylalkyl group or a phenylalkenyl group, each optionally having one or more selected from a halogen atom, a CV6-alkane Substituted by a substituent of a Cm-haloalkyl group, a Ci-6-alkoxy group, a C!-6-alkylthio group, an amine group, an azide group, a phenyl group, and a nitro group, and each directly or through an oxy group, The sulfonyl, sulfonyloxy, carbonyl or carbonyloxy group and optionally additionally pass through a C!.-alkylene bridge, particularly a methylene group attached to the ring. R3a is preferably hydrogen or Cm-alkyl; R4 and 1? "preferably hydrogen, Cm-alkyl, phenyl or benzyl, respectively. A further preferred group of compounds of formula I (compound 1C) comprises a racemic form of a compound wherein when X is -CONR5R6 and R1 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl or propyl, the pyrrolidine ring is substituted by a mono-, di- or tri-methyl or monoethyl group. A further group of compounds I (compound 1D) comprises a compound in racemic form wherein when X is -CONR5R6 and R1 is hydrogen or Ci.e-alkyl, C2_6-alkenyl or -alkynyl or cycloalkyl ( Wherein each is unsubstituted) the 'ring substitutions are not substituted by alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl groups (each being unsubstituted). Another group of particular compounds of formula I (compound 1E) comprises wherein 'X is -CA1·〗; R1 Η ; R3 is azidomethyl, iodomethyl, ethyl selective by 1 to 5 halogenogen-17- This paper scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) - loaded --------Book---------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1297682 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (b (Please read the notes on the back first) Fill in this page) Substitution The n-propyl group is substituted with 1 to 5 halogen atoms, the vinyl group is substituted with 1 or 2 methyl groups and/or 1 to 3 halogen atoms, and the ethynyl group is selectively substituted with an alkyl group or a phenyl group. Or a halogen atom; R3a is hydrogen or a halogen atom, preferably fluorine; and R2, R2a, R4 and R4a are each hydrogen; in the form of a racemic compound or enantiomerically enriched form, preferably pure pair Further preferred group of compounds of formula I (compound 1F) comprises such compounds wherein X is -CA丨NH2; R1 is Η; R3 is Ch6-alkyl, C2_6-alkenyl or C2 + alkynyl Selectively substituted with an azide group, an oxynitro group, and 1 to 6 halogen atoms;

Rd爲氣或鹵原子,較佳爲氟; 以及R2,R2a,R4及R4a各自爲氫; 呈其外消旋化合物或對映異構物豐富形式,較佳爲純對 映異構體。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 全部前述範圍中,當R1附接至碳原子爲非對稱時,較 佳係呈「S」組態。 根據本發明之「醫藥可接受性鹽」包括式I化合物可 形成之治療活性無毒性鹼及酸鹽形式。 式I化合物(於游離形式時係呈鹼出現)之酸加成鹽形 式可經由使用適當酸處理游離鹼獲得,此等酸例如爲無 機酸如氫鹵酸如氫氯酸或氫溴酸,硫酸,硝酸,磷酸等 -18- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1297682 A7 B7 五、發明說明() ;或有機酸例如乙酸,羥乙酸,丙酸,乳酸,丙酮酸, 丙二酸,丁二酸,馬來酸,反丁烯二酸,蘋果酸,酒石 酸,檸檬酸,甲烷磺酸,乙烷磺酸,苯磺酸,對甲苯磺 酸,西卡米酸(eye 1 ami c ),水楊酸,對胺基水楊酸,巴 母酸(pamoic)等。 含酸性質子之式I化合物可經由使用適當有機及無機 鹼處理而被轉成其治療活性無毒性鹼加成鹽形式,例如 金屬鹽或胺鹽。適當鹼鹽形式包括例如銨鹽,鹼及鹼土 金屬鹽例如鋰、鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣鹽等,與有機鹼生成之 鹽例如N-甲基-D-葡萄糖胺’海卓巴明鹽(hydrabannne s a 1 t s )以及與胺基酸如精胺酸、離胺酸等生成之鹽。 相反地,該等鹽形式可經由使用適當鹼或酸處理而轉 成自由態形式。 式I化合物及其鹽可呈溶劑合物,溶劑合物係包括於 本發明之範圍。此等溶劑合物例如包括水合物、醇合物 等。 多種式I化合物及部分中間物於結構中至少有一個立 體產生中心。立體產生中心可呈R或S組態存在,R及S標 示法遵照純應用化學45 ( 1 976 ) 1 1 - 30所述規則。 本發明亦係關於式I化合物之全部立體形式,例如對 映異構型及非對映異構型或其混合物(包括全部可能的 立體異構物混合物)。 此外,某些式I化合物其含有烯基可呈Z(zu s ammen )或 E(entgegen)異構物形式存在。各例中,本發明包括混 -19- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -裝.i (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂--------- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1297682 五、發明説明(18 ) 合物及個別異構物。 吡咯啶環的多個取代基可表示相對於吡咯啶酮環平面 彼此呈順或反關係。 部分式I化合物可呈互變異構物形式存在。此等形式 雖然未明白指示於上式但意圖含括於本發明之範圍。 本發明涉及化合物時意圖含括化合‘物之各種異構型及 其混合物,除非特別述及某種特定異構型。 本發明之範圍內也包括式I化合物之前驅藥形式及其 各種子範圍及小組。Rd is a gas or a halogen atom, preferably fluorine; and R2, R2a, R4 and R4a are each hydrogen; in the form of a racemic compound or an enantiomer-rich form thereof, preferably a pure enantiomer. Printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Consumers' Cooperatives. In all of the foregoing ranges, when R1 is attached to a carbon atom that is asymmetric, the better system is in an "S" configuration. A "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" according to the invention includes a therapeutically active non-toxic base and acid salt form which the compound of formula I can form. The acid addition salt form of the compound of formula I (which is present as a base in free form) can be obtained by treating the free base with a suitable acid such as a mineral acid such as a hydrohalic acid such as hydrochloric acid or hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid , Nitric acid, phosphoric acid, etc. -18- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1297682 A7 B7 V. Invention description (); or organic acids such as acetic acid, glycolic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid ,pyruvate,malonic acid,succinic acid,maleic acid,fumaric acid,malic acid,tartaric acid,citric acid,methanesulfonic acid,ethanesulfonic acid,benzenesulfonic acid,p-toluenesulfonic acid,Sika Eye acid (eye 1 ami c ), salicylic acid, p-aminosalicylic acid, pamoic acid, and the like. The compound of formula I containing an acidic proton can be converted to its therapeutically active non-toxic base addition salt form, e.g., a metal salt or an amine salt, by treatment with a suitable organic and inorganic base. Suitable base salt forms include, for example, ammonium salts, alkali and alkaline earth metal salts such as lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium salts and the like, and salts formed with organic bases such as N-methyl-D-glucosamine 'Hydopamine salt ( Hydrabannne sa 1 ts ) and a salt formed with an amino acid such as arginine or lysine. Conversely, the salt forms can be converted to the free form by treatment with a suitable base or acid. The compounds of formula I and salts thereof may be in the form of a solvate, and solvates are included within the scope of the invention. Such solvates include, for example, hydrates, alcoholates and the like. A plurality of compounds of formula I and a portion of the intermediates have at least one stereogenic center in the structure. The stereo generation center can exist in an R or S configuration, and the R and S indications follow the rules described in Pure Applied Chemistry 45 (1 976) 1 1 - 30. The invention also relates to all stereoisomeric forms of the compounds of formula I, such as enantiomeric and diastereomeric forms or mixtures thereof (including all possible mixtures of stereoisomers). Furthermore, certain compounds of formula I which contain alkenyl groups may exist in the form of Z(zu s ammen ) or E (entgegen) isomers. In each case, the invention includes mixing -19- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) - Packing.i (Please read the back note first and then fill in this page) Order -- ------- Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employees consumption cooperatives printed 1297682 5, invention description (18) compounds and individual isomers. The plurality of substituents of the pyrrolidine ring may be expressed in a cis or inverse relationship with respect to the plane of the pyrrolidone ring. Some of the compounds of formula I may exist in tautomeric forms. Such forms are not intended to be included in the above formula but are intended to be included within the scope of the invention. When the present invention relates to a compound, it is intended to include various isomeric forms of the compound and mixtures thereof unless a specific specific isomer is specifically mentioned. Also included within the scope of the invention are pre-drug forms of the compounds of formula I and their various sub-ranges and groups.

「則驅樂」一* s司用於此處包括於活體內快速轉變例如 藉於血液中水解而快速轉變成根據本發明之親代化合物。 前驅藥爲帶有基團而可於發揮藥理作用之前藉生物轉換 去除之化合物。此等基包括於活體試驗中方便由帶有該 等基之化合物割裂去除之部分,該化合物於割裂該部分 後能保持或變成具有藥理活性。代謝可割裂基構成-一類 業界眾所周知的基之組群。包括但非限於例如院醯基(亦 即乙醯基,丙醯基,丁醯基等),無取代或經取代之碳 環芳醯基(例如苯甲醯基,取代苯甲醯基及丨-及2_萘甲 醯基),院氧羰基(例如乙氧羰基),三院基矽烷基(例如 二甲基-以及三乙基矽烷基),與二碳酸形成之單酯(例 如丁 一醯基)’磷酸基,硫酸基,擴酸基,擴醯基,亞擴 醯基等。帶有代謝可割裂基之化合物之優點爲由於存在 有代謝可割裂基而對親代化合物提供提高溶解度及/或吸 收速率結果具有改良之生物利用率。Τ · H i g u c h i及V •20- A7"Drive" is used herein to include rapid conversion in vivo, e.g., by hydrolysis in blood, to rapidly convert to a parent compound according to the present invention. A prodrug is a compound with a group that can be removed by biological conversion prior to exerting pharmacological effects. Such bases include those which are conveniently removed by cleavage of a compound bearing such a group in a living assay which retains or becomes pharmacologically active upon cleavage of the moiety. Metabolically cleavable bases - a group of groups well known in the industry. Including, but not limited to, for example, a sulfhydryl group (ie, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a butyl group, etc.), an unsubstituted or substituted carbocyclic aryl group (eg, a benzylidene group, a substituted benzoyl group, and a fluorene group). 2_naphthylmethyl), a hospital oxycarbonyl (eg ethoxycarbonyl), a trivalent decyl group (eg dimethyl- and triethyldecyl), a monoester formed with dicarbonic acid (eg butyl sulfhydryl) ) 'phosphoric acid group, sulfuric acid group, acid extended group, expanded sulfhydryl group, sub-zinc group and the like. An advantage of a compound having a metabolically cleavable group is an improved bioavailability resulting in increased solubility and/or rate of absorption of the parent compound due to the presence of a metabolically cleavable group. Τ · H i g u c h i and V • 20- A7

1297682 ___B7__ κ 19、 五、發明說明() S t e 1 1 a ’「前驅藥作爲新穎輸送系統」,A . c . S .硏討會 系列;「藥物設計之可生物逆轉載劑」第14期,Edward B.Roche編輯,美國藥學會及波加瑪(pergamon)出版社, 1 987 年。 根據本發明之式I化合物如合成有機化學業界人士已 知可以類似習知方法製備。 以下方法說明係以舉例說明方式陳述某些合成途徑。 其它替代及/或類似方法對業界人士顯然易知。用於此 處有關取代基之定義,「=」表示「是」以及「#」表 示「非爲」。 A .胺基酯之環化。 式I中,當A2 = 0時,式AA - I I之胺基酯經環化,其中 Q1連同其附接之氧爲離去基,特別Q1爲烷基,特別爲含 1至4個碳原子之直鏈或分支烷基。1297682 ___B7__ κ 19, V. Description of invention () S te 1 1 a '"Precursor as a novel delivery system", A. c. S. Begging series; "Bioreversible carrier for drug design" No. 14 , edited by Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987. Compounds of formula I according to the invention are known in the art of synthetic organic chemistry and can be prepared analogously to conventional methods. The following method descriptions illustrate some synthetic routes by way of illustration. Other alternatives and/or similar methods are readily apparent to those skilled in the art. For the definition of the substituents used herein, "=" means "yes" and "#" means "not". A. Cyclization of the amino ester. In the formula I, when A2 = 0, the amino ester of the formula AA-II is cyclized, wherein Q1 together with the oxygen to which it is attached is a leaving group, in particular Q1 is an alkyl group, in particular having 1 to 4 carbon atoms Straight or branched alkyl.

Q1 =甲基或乙基。反應爲已知且方便於室溫至150°C 於有或無催化劑例如乙酸,羥苯并三唑或2 -羥吡啶存在 下進行。 Q1 #甲基或乙基。式AA- 11之酯於酸性或鹼性條件下 水解,然後使用偶合劑例如二環己基甲二醯亞胺於習知 -21- 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------------------訂·-------1 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1297682 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五 ? π發明說明() 肽合成條件下環化(Bodanszky,M. ,Bodan s zky , A . ,「肽 合成實務 」,Springer Verlag,1984 年)。 A.l藉加成於衣康酸鹽衍生物合成AA_n。 式AA - I I化合物其中R2a= R3a = H及R3 = COOQ2,其中 Q2表不選擇性旋光性直鏈或分支烷基,係經由式AA -III化合物與式AA-IV衣康酸鹽衍生物根據下式反應獲 得: nh2 R1"^X (AA-III)Q1 = methyl or ethyl. The reaction is known and is conveniently carried out at room temperature to 150 ° C in the presence or absence of a catalyst such as acetic acid, hydroxybenzotriazole or 2-hydroxypyridine. Q1 #methyl or ethyl. The ester of formula AA-11 is hydrolyzed under acidic or basic conditions, and then a coupling agent such as dicyclohexylmethaneimine is used in the conventional-21- paper scale for the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X). 297 mm) -------------------Booking·-------1 (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Ministry of Economics Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed 1297682 A7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed five? π invention description () cyclization under peptide synthesis conditions (Bodanszky, M., Bodan s zky, A., "peptide synthesis practice", Springer Verlag, 1984). A.l is added to the itaconate derivative to synthesize AA_n. A compound of formula AA-II wherein R2a = R3a = H and R3 = COOQ2, wherein Q2 represents a non-selective optically active linear or branched alkyl group, via a compound of formula AA-III and a formula of formula AA-IV based on itaconate The following reaction is obtained: nh2 R1"^X (AA-III)

〇、 Q1〇, Q1

〇λ R1’ X 〇、 (AA-II) 此種反應係根據述於:Street,L.].,Baker,R.,Book, T.,Kneen,C.O.,ManLeod, A.M·,Merchant, K.J·, Showel 1 ,G.A. ,Saund ers ,J . ,Herbert,R.H. ,Freedman, S,B·,Harley ,E_ A_,醫藥化學期刊(1 990 ) ,33,269 0- 26 97 之程序進行。 A. 2藉還原胺化反應合成aa-II 式AA-II化合物可根據反應式使用式ΑΑ_ π i化合物還 原胺化式A A - V化合物製備: X (AA-III)〇λ R1' X 〇, (AA-II) This reaction is based on: Street, L.]., Baker, R., Book, T., Kneen, CO, ManLeod, AM·, Merchant, KJ· , Showel 1 , GA , Saunders , J. , Herbert, RH, Freedman, S, B., Harley, E_A_, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (1 990), 33, 269 0- 26 97. A. 2 Synthesis of aa-II by reductive amination reaction The compound of formula AA-II can be prepared according to the reaction formula using the formula ΑΑ π π i compound or aminating formula A A - V compound: X (AA-III)

、Q· α -22- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁), Q· α -22- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (please read the notes on the back and fill out this page)

R2 入 NH〇 (AA-II) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1297682 A/ B7 五、發明說明(、 此項反應係使用 Abdel-Magid,A.F.,Harris, B.D.,R2 into NH〇 (AA-II) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1297682 A/ B7 V. Invention Description (This reaction uses Abdel-Magid, A.F., Harris, B.D.,

Mar y anof f ’ C· A ·,Synlett( 1 994 ),8 1 - 83 所述條件進行 另外當X表示CONR5R6時,胺AA-III可透過醯胺部分鍵 聯於固體撐體(例如鈴克(R i nk )樹脂上)。 式AA-V化合物可藉下列方法之一製備:Mar y anof f ' C · A ·, Synlett (1 994 ), 8 1 - 83 The conditions are carried out. When X represents CONR5R6, the amine AA-III can be bonded to the solid support via the guanamine moiety (for example, (R i nk ) resin). The compound of formula AA-V can be prepared by one of the following methods:

(AA-IX) (AA-X) A.2.1·式AA-VI醛使用式AA-VII鹵乙酸烷酯烷化,其 中X表示鹵原子,反應中使用中間烯胺例如述於 Whitessell,J.K.,Whitessell,M.A.,合成,(1983), 5 1 7 - 536 或使用腙類如述於 Corey,E.J .,Enders ,D.,四 面體函件( 1 976 ),11-14接著進行臭氧分解反應製備。 A· 2.2 ·式AA-VIII硝基酯可經由使用硫酸於甲醇處理 其共軛鹼以及水解中間二甲基乙縮醛而被轉成式A A - V 化合物(Nef反應如述於Urpi,F. ,Vi larrasa,J ·,四面 體函件(1990),31 ,7499-7500)。式 AA-VIII 硝基酯可 -23- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) W裝--------訂---------. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1297682 Α7 Β7 22、 五、發明說明() 知於 Ho rni,A.,Hubacek,I. ,Hesse,M.,Helv.Chim.Acta (1 994 ) ,77,579 所述製備。 A.2.3.酯AA-X係藉烯丙基鹵AA-IX(X、鹵原子)於強 鹼(例如二異丙醯胺鋰)存在下烷化,接著進行未飽和 酯之還原臭氧分解反應,例如述於Ann·uta Reddy P., Hsiang B . C . Η . , La t i f i Τ.Ν.,ΗΠΙ M . W . , Woodwa r d K.E.,Rothman S.M.,Ferrendelli J.A,,Covey D.F., 醫藥化學期刊(1 996 ) , 39,1 898 - 1 906。(AA-IX) (AA-X) A.2.1·Formula AA-VI aldehyde is alkylated using an alkyl haloacetate of the formula AA-VII, wherein X represents a halogen atom, and an intermediate enamine is used in the reaction, for example, as described in Whitessell, JK, Whitessell, MA, Synthesis, (1983), 5 1 7 - 536 or using anthraquinones as described in Corey, EJ., Enders, D., Tetrahedron Letters (1 976), 11-14 followed by ozonolysis. A · 2.2 · The formula AA-VIII nitro ester can be converted to the compound of formula AA-V by treating its conjugate base with sulfuric acid in methanol and hydrolyzing intermediate dimethyl acetal (Nef reaction as described in Urpi, F. , Vi larrasa, J ·, tetrahedral letter (1990), 31, 7499-7500). Formula AA-VIII Nitroester -23- This paper scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) W-------------- (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page.) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1297682 Α7 Β7 22, V. Invention Description () Known by Ho rni, A., Hubacek, I., Hesse, Prepared as described by M., Helv. Chim. Acta (1 994), 77, 579. A.2.3. The ester AA-X is alkylated with an allyl halide AA-IX (X, a halogen atom) in the presence of a strong base (such as lithium diisopropylamide), followed by reduction ozonolysis of the unsaturated ester For example, in Ann·uta Reddy P., Hsiang B. C. Η . , La tifi Τ.Ν., ΗΠΙ M . W . , Woodwa rd KE, Rothman SM, Ferrendelli JA,, Covey DF, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry ( 1 996 ) , 39,1 898 - 1 906.

A . 3 .藉烷化7 -鹵酯合成AA-I I 式AA-II化合物其中X = C〇NR5R6,COOR7或CN可經由使 用胺AA-III烷化r -鹵酯AA-XI,其中X2表示鹵原子製 備。 nh2A. 3. Synthesis of AA-I I compound of formula AA-II by alkylation of 7-haloester wherein X = C〇NR5R6, COOR7 or CN can be alkylated by using amine AA-III to convert the r-haloester AA-XI, wherein X2 Indicates the preparation of a halogen atom. Nh2

R1x^X (AA-III)R1x^X (AA-III)

a R\ ,R4 3a r4\ 尸4 r3< R3O^0., R3- Ylf - 一 2 X2 人2 0 R NH (AA-XI) R1/XX (AA-II) 此項反應係使用專利申請案GB2225322 A所述條件進 行。酯AA-XI之合成述於部分B。 Α·4·藉還原胺化5-羥內酯衍生物合成AA_ii。 式 ΑΑ-ΙΙ 化合物其中 X=c〇NR5R6,COOR7 或 CN, = Η及R2a = Η可根據下述使用式AA-III胺還原胺化 式ΑΑ-ΧΙΙ之5-羥內酯製備: -24- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁}a R\ ,R4 3a r4\ 尸 4 r3< R3O^0., R3- Ylf - one 2 X2 person 2 0 R NH (AA-XI) R1/XX (AA-II) This reaction uses the patent application The conditions described in GB2225322 A are carried out. The synthesis of the ester AA-XI is described in Part B. Α································ A compound of the formula 其中-ΙΙ wherein X = c 〇 NR5R6, COOR7 or CN, = Η and R2a = Η can be prepared according to the following formula AA-III amine reductive aminating quinone-quinone 5-hydroxylactone: -24- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page again)

1207682 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 23、 nh2 R1^"X (AA-lll) +1207682 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (23, nh2 R1^"X (AA-lll) +

(AA-XII)(AA-XII)

式AA-XII之5-羥內酯可如B. 1 .所述合成。 B .胺與r -鹵酸衍生物之縮合 於式 I 中,當 A2=0,X=C0NR7R8,C00R7 或 CN 及 R2a = H 時 式AA-XIII化合物與式AA-III胺根據下式反應:The 5-hydroxylactone of the formula AA-XII can be synthesized as described in B.1. B. Condensation of an amine with an r-halic acid derivative In the formula I, when A2=0, X=C0NR7R8, C00R7 or CN and R2a = H, the compound of the formula AA-XIII reacts with the amine of the formula AA-III according to the following formula:

nh2 R1^"X (AA-lll)Nh2 R1^"X (AA-lll)

Ο (I) ft---- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 其中X3表示鹵原子,較佳碘或氯原子,X4表示鹵原子, 較佳氯原子。此項反應可如專利申請案GB22253 22 A所 述進行。 式AA-XIII化合物可經由根據下式於鹵化劑例如TMSI, S〇Cl2/ZnCl2存在下打開式AA-XIV之內酯獲得(接著若有 所需進行所得鹵酸(Χ4=0Η)之鹵化反應):Ο (I) ft---- (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page) The Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Office, employee consumption cooperative, prints where X3 represents a halogen atom, preferably an iodine or chlorine atom, and X4 represents a halogen atom. A preferred chlorine atom. This reaction can be carried out as described in the patent application GB22253 22 A. The compound of the formula AA-XIII can be obtained by opening the lactone of the formula AA-XIV in the presence of a halogenating agent such as TMSI, S〇Cl2/ZnCl2 according to the following formula (subsequent halogenation reaction of the obtained halogen acid (Χ4=0Η) if necessary) ):

R2, \χ3 (AA-XIII) -25- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 訂--------- 1297682 A7 B7 五、發明說明(24) 內酯AA-XIV之開啓可根據下述程序進行:Mazzlni,c. > Lebreton,】·,Alphand,V.,Fur stoss,R.,四面體函件 (1998),38,1195-1196 以及 〇lah,G.A·,Na rang,S.C. Gupta,B.G.B. ,Malhot ra,R·,有機化學期刊(1 979 ) ,44, 1 247 - 1 250。所得鹵酸(X4二OH)之鹵化(X4 =鹵原子)或酷 化(X4二0Q 1 )可於任一種業界人士已知條件下進行 式AA-XIV內酯可藉下述方法之一製備: B · 1 ·有機金屬之氫化或共軛加成。 化合物AA-XIV其中R2a= = Η可經由氫化式4A-XV之 α,/3 -未飽和內酯獲得,或經由共軛加成式R3M(其中 Μ表示Li,Na,Mg或Zn)之有機金屬衍生物至化合物AA-XV最終藉銅(I )鹽催化獲得。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)R2, \χ3 (AA-XIII) -25- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). Order --------- 1297682 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (24 The opening of the lactone AA-XIV can be carried out according to the following procedure: Mazzlni, c. > Lebreton, 】, Alphand, V., Fur stoss, R., Tetrahedron (1998), 38, 1195-1196 and 〇lah, GA·, Na rang, SC Gupta, BGB, Malhot ra, R., Journal of Organic Chemistry (1 979), 44, 1 247 - 1 250. Halogenation of the resulting halogen acid (X4 diOH) (X4 = halogen atom) or cooling (X4 2Q1) can be carried out under any of the conditions known to those skilled in the art. The AA-XIV lactone can be prepared by one of the following methods. : B · 1 · Hydrogenation or conjugate addition of organometallics. Compound AA-XIV wherein R2a = = Η can be obtained via hydrogenation of the α,/3-unsaturated lactone of 4A-XV, or via conjugate addition of the formula R3M (wherein Μ represents Li, Na, Mg or Zn) The metal derivative to the compound AA-XV is ultimately catalyzed by a copper (I) salt. (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page)

R3M, Cul 或 H2, PdC (R3=H)R3M, Cul or H2, PdC (R3=H)

(AA-XIV) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 此種反應可根據下述程序進行:Alexakis,A.,Berlan ,J.,Besace,Y.,四面體函件(1986) ,27,1047-1050; Lipshutz,B.H.,Ells worth,E.L. ,Siahaan,T.,美國化 學會期刊( 1 989 ),111,1 3 5 1 - 1 3 58或業界人士已知之任 一種方法。 B.2 丁二酸鹽衍生物之還原。 於式AA-XIV中,當R2 = R2\H時:羧酸AA-XVI之還原係 根據下式於硼氫化劑,較佳LiBH4或Ca(BH〇2於醇系 -26- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 25. 1297682 A/ B7 五、發明說明( 溶劑進行: R3a R4a(AA-XIV) The Ministry of Economic Affairs' Intellectual Property Office employee consumption cooperative prints this response according to the following procedure: Alexakis, A., Berlan, J., Besace, Y., Tetrahedron Letter (1986), 27, 1047 -1050; Lipshutz, BH, Ellsworth, EL, Siahaan, T., American Chemical Society Journal (1 989), 111, 1 3 5 1 - 1 3 58 or any method known to the industry. B.2 Reduction of succinate derivatives. In the formula AA-XIV, when R2 = R2\H: the reduction of the carboxylic acid AA-XVI is based on the following formula in the borohydride agent, preferably LiBH4 or Ca (BH〇2 on the alcohol-26- paper scale) China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 mm) 25. 1297682 A/ B7 V. Description of the Invention (Solvent: R3a R4a

(AA-XIV) 其中Q3爲甲基或乙基,G1表示0或S及Q4表示氫原子或 含1至4個碳原子之直鏈或分支烷基,但當G^S時,Q4 =烷基以及當G、0時,Q4 = H。 C. 內醯胺衍生物之烷化。 於式I中,當A2=0及X = COOR7,式AA-XVII化合物與式 AA-XVIII化合物根據下式反應: (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)(AA-XIV) wherein Q3 is methyl or ethyl, G1 represents 0 or S and Q4 represents a hydrogen atom or a straight or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, but when G^S, Q4 = alkane Base and when G, 0, Q4 = H. C. Alkylation of indoleamine derivatives. In formula I, when A2=0 and X=COOR7, the compound of formula AA-XVII reacts with the compound of formula AA-XVIII according to the following formula: (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page)

R1 V Ο (AA-XVIII)R1 V Ο (AA-XVIII)

(I) R 其中X5表示鹵原子及Μ爲鹼金屬。此種反應可遵照專利 申請案GB(案號15-09)之程序進行。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 式 AA-XVII 化合物可根據 Horni,A.,Hubacek,I.,Hesse ,M.,Helv. Chim.Acta(1994),77,579 所述程序進行。 D · 酯衍生物之轉變。 式 ί 中,當 A2=〇及 X = C〇NR5R6 時,R2 , R2a , R3 , R3a R4及R4d基中並無任一者係藉竣基、酯或擴酸取代,對 應式I酯 -27- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1297682 A/ B7 五、發明說明(26)(I) R wherein X5 represents a halogen atom and hydrazine is an alkali metal. This reaction can be carried out in accordance with the procedure of Patent Application GB (Case No. 15-09). The Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Office, Staff Consumer Cooperative, Printed AA-XVII compound can be carried out according to the procedure described by Horni, A., Hubacek, I., Hesse, M., Helv. Chim. Acta (1994), 77, 579. D · Conversion of ester derivatives. In the formula ί, when A2=〇 and X=C〇NR5R6, none of the R2, R2a, R3, R3a R4 and R4d groups are substituted by a thiol, ester or acid extension, corresponding to the ester I of the formula I - This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1297682 A/ B7 V. Invention Description (26)

其中R7表示氫原子或含1至4個碳原子之直鏈或分支烷基 ,於直接氨分解反應或於習知肽合成條件下使用胺及偶· 合劑如氯甲酸烷酯或二環己基甲二醯亞胺轉變成胺。 Ε. α, /3-未飽和內醯胺之還原。 於式I中,當Α2=0及R2a = R3a = R4a = H時,式I化合物可 經由未飽和內醯胺AA-XIX之還原獲得: R4Wherein R7 represents a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is used in a direct ammonia decomposition reaction or under conventional peptide synthesis conditions using an amine and a coupling agent such as an alkyl chloroformate or a dicyclohexyl group. Diimine is converted to an amine. Ε. Reduction of α, /3-unsaturated decylamine. In Formula I, when Α2=0 and R2a = R3a = R4a = H, the compound of formula I can be obtained via reduction of the unsaturated endoamine AA-XIX: R4

AA-XXI 還原步驟可於業界人士已知之典型條件下進行,例如氫 於Pd/C存在下或選擇性於旋光性催化劑存在下進行。當 R2,R3,或R4對低壓條件下之氫化反應例如使用Pd/C作 爲催化劑之氫化反應敏感時,烯烴混合物之雙鍵可選擇 性使用NaBH4於C0CI2存在下還原。 化合物AA-XIX可藉下列方法之一製備: -28- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) π裝·-------訂---------· (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1297682 五、發明説明(27 ) E . 1藉烷化 式AA-III化合物藉式AA-XX化合物(其中Q5表示含1至 4個碳原子之直鏈或分支烷基)烷化及環化。烷化步驟 可於惰性溶劑如四氫呋喃、二甲基甲醯胺或二氯甲烷 於0至5(TC於第三級胺存在下進行。環化反應可自發 進行或根據部分A所述方法進行。 E. 2藉還原胺化 式AA-XXI化合物與式AA-III化合物於還原胺化條件下 反應。此反應之第一步驟可於惰性溶劑如甲苯於0至 50°C於還原劑如NaBH;CN存在下以及於酸如乙酸存在 下進行。化合物AA-XXI之合成述於Bourgiugnon,J . J.等人,醫藥化學期刊( 1 988 ),3 1,893 - 897。 F. 支鏈之官能基轉變。 F . 1酯還原成爲醇。 式I化合物(其中A2=0,X=C0NR5R6或COOR7,R7爲第三烷 基以及R2,R2a,R3,R3a,R4及R4a中之一者表示02-C〇〇Q6,G2爲鍵結或伸烷基以及Q6爲含1至4個碳原子 之直鏈或分支烷基)爲對應化合物(其中R2,R2a,R3, ,R3a,R4以及R4a中之一者表示G2-CH2〇H)之關鍵合成 中間物。此等轉變可於業界人士已知之任一種條件進 行。 F . 2醇之活化及氧化。 式I化合物(其中A2=0及R2,R2a,R3,R3a,R4及R4a之一表 示-G2-CH2〇H,G2爲鍵結或伸烷基)爲對應化合物(其中 -29- 1297682 五、發明説明(28 ) R2,R2a,R3,R'R4 及 Rh 之一表示 -G2-CH2X6或-G、CHO其中X6表示氯、溴或碘原子或式 -0-S0卜Q7或-〇-Q8基,qi爲烷基或芳基以及y爲烷基) 之關鍵合成中間物。此等轉變可於業界人士已知之任 一種條件下進行。 F.3 活化醇之親核取代。 式1化合物(其中八2=〇以及^,1^,1?3,1^1,1?4以及]^ 之一者表示-G2-CH2X6,G2爲鍵結或伸烷基以及X6爲 氯、溴或碘原子或式-〇-S〇2-Q7基定義如F.2)爲對應 化合物(其中R2,R2a,R3,R3il,R4以及R4a之一者表示 -G2-CH2X7,其中X7表示疊氮基、鹵原子、硝基、胺基、 胺基衍生物、硫衍生物及雜環基)之關鍵合成中間物。 此等轉變可於業界人士已知之任一種條件下進行。 F · 4、藉醛之烯烴化反應。 式I化合物(其中A2 = 0,X=CC)NR5R6或COOR7或CN以及R2, R2a,R3, R3a,R4以及R4a之一者表示-G2 - CHO , G2爲鍵結 或伸烷基)爲對應化合物(其中R2,R2i‘,V,R3a,R4 以及R4a2—表示-G2-Q9,其中Q9表示無取代之乙烯 基,藉鹵原子一-或二-取代之乙烯基或烷基)之關鍵合 成中間物。此等轉變可於業界人士已知之任一種條件 下進行。 另外,化合物-G2-CN可藉其肟與Se〇2反應而得自對 應醛(述於 Earl,R.A. ,Vollhardt,K.P.C·,有機化學期 刊(1 984 ),49,4786 )。 -30- 1297682 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印制农 29 五、發明說明() F . 5 酸衍生物轉變成雜環。 式1化合物(其中八2二0及尺2,1^,1?3,1^^以及1^之 一者表示- G、CN或-G2-COQl(),G2爲鍵結或伸烷基以 及Q1()爲烷氧基、芳氧基或胺基、鹵原子或胺基衍生物 ,但-COQIQ非爲X)爲對應化合物[其中R2,R'R3,R3a ,R4以及R4a2—表示-G2-Qu其中Q11表示(U-CO-芳 基/雜環基,係經由醯氯- G2-C0C1與芳基/雜環有機金 屬例如三甲基-吡啶基-錫酸酯間之鈀催化偶合反應進 行或(i 1 )雜環基例如噻唑(Friedman,B.S. , Spark s ,Μ., Adams,R.,美國化學會期刊(1933),55,2262 或 Iroka, Ν·,Hamada ,Υ· ,Shiori,T.,四面體(1992), 48,7251), 曙1Φ (Street,L.J.,Baker,R·,Castro,J.L·,Clamber ,R.S. ,Guiblin,A.R. ,Hobbs,S.C. ,Metassa, V.G·, Reeve,A.J. ,Beer,M.S. ,Middlemis,D.N. ,Noble,A.J., Stanton,J .A.,Scholey,K.,Hargreaves,R.J.,醫藥化 學期刊(1993),36, 1529),曙二哗(Ainsworth,C·,美 國化學會期刊(195S ),77.1 1 48 ),四唑始於腈 (Goerlitzer,K.,Kogt,R·,藥學論文集(1990), 323, 847 )或噻二唑(Lamat t ina,J .L.,Mularski ,C. J .,有機 化學期刊( 1 984) ,49,4800 )]之關鍵合成中間物。 F.6 酮衍生物之合成。 式I化合物(其中A2=0以及R2,R2a,R3,R3a,R4以及 R4a 之一者表示- G2-CH 二 CQ12Q13 或-G2-CQ13 = CHQ12,G2 爲鍵 結或伸烷基,Q12及Q13爲氫原子或烷基,但其它R2, -31- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) —----------------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) !297682 A7 B7 i、發明說明(3()) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) R2\ R3 , R3a , R4以及R4a中並無任一者帶有對氧化條件敏感 的官能基)爲對應化合物(其中R2,R2a,R3,R3a,R4以及广之 —分別表示- G2-CO-CHQ12Q"或- G2-CHQ13-CO-Q12)之關鍵合 成中間物。 此等轉變可於業界人士已知之任一種適當條件下進 行,例如於〇2及PdCl2M惰性溶劑如二甲基甲醯胺或N-甲基Π比略D定於0至5 0 °C進行(B i r d,有機合成之過渡金 屬中間物,學術出版社,紐約(1 9 6 7 ),8 8 - 11 1 )。 F . 7 酮之衍生物。 式 I 化合物(其中 Α2=0,Χ 二CONR5R6 或 COOR7 以及 R2,R2a, 尺3,1^,1?4以及1^之一表示-02-(:0-(^4,其中〇2爲鍵 結或伸烷基以及Q14表示烷基)爲合成(1 )醇- G2-CHOH-Q14,係使用氫化劑還原(M a r c h,先進有機化學期刊, 第三版,約翰威利父子公司( 1 983 ),809 ),( Π)氟化 支鏈-G2-CF2-Q14 使用述於 Lal,G.S. ,Pez,G.P., Pesaresi,R.J.,Prozonic,F.M.,化學通訊(1999),215 -2 1 6之條件之關鍵中間物。 F.8. 炔基衍生物之合成。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 式I化合物(其中A2二〇以及R2,R2il,R3,R'R4以及R“之 一表示-G2-C=C(X8)2,G2爲鍵結或伸烷基以及X8爲鹵原 子,但其它乂,1^,1?2,{^,1^,1^,1?4以及8^中之任一者皆 未帶有對強鹼敏感的官能基)爲對應化合物(其中R2, R2a,R3,R3a,R4 以及广之一表示- G2-CEC-Q15,其中 Q15爲 氫、鹵原子、烷基或芳基)之關鍵合成中間物。 -32- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) A7 1297682 B7_____ 五、發明說明(31) 此等轉變之進行方式: (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) •經由鹼誘發冷-消去反應(例如1當量t - BuOK於低 溫,述於Michel,P.,Rassat,A.,四面體函件 (1 999 ),40,8579 - 858 1 )成爲鹵炔衍生物(Q1、鹵 原子),接著藉有機金屬物種進行鹵原子之金屬 催化取代(例如藉MeZnCl於CuCN.LiCl存在下進行 ,例如述於 Micouin,L.,Knochel,P.,Synlett (1 997 ) ,327 ) ^ •經由直接轉成金屬炔屬化合物(例如使用2當量正 丁基鋰)以及使用烷基鹵或羰基衍生物烷化(述於 (]〇1^7,£.了.,?11(:118,?.1.,四面體函件(1972),36 ,3769 - 3772 )。 F.9 烷之合成。 式I化合物(其中A2 = 0以及R2,R2a,R3,R3a,R4以及R“ 之一表示-G2-C = C-Q16Q17,G2爲鍵結或伸烷基,Q16及Q17爲 烷基或氟)爲對應化合物(其中1?2,^,1^3,^,84以及^之 一表示-G2-CH-CH-Q16R17)之關鍵合成中間物。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 還原步驟可於業界人士已知之典型條件下進行,例如 使用氫於Pd/C存在下進行(March,〗.,先進有機化學期 刊,第三版,約翰威利父子公司( 1 985 ),1101-1102)。 F. 10 (鹵)疊氮基芳基衍生物之合成。 式I化合物(其中A2 = 0,X = C0NR5R6或C00R7或CN以及R2 ,R3,R4基之一爲G2-Q18其中Q18表示硝基芳基或三哄并芳 基’ G2爲鍵結或伸烷基)爲合成對應化合物(其中r2,r3或 -33- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公f 1297682 五、發明説明(32 ) R4基之一爲G-Q19,Q19爲疊氮基芳基選擇性經以一或多個 鹵原子,較佳B r或F原子取代)之關鍵中間物。轉變係 藉業界人士已知之任一種手段經由通過硝基或三哄烯部 分還原成爲苯胺進行,選擇性引進一或多個鹵原子(例如 乂1112-16112,0.,〇11〇-13111,1.,合成通訊(1989),19,1261) 以及藉眾所周知的方法將轉胺成疊氮。 F. 11 由胺合成雜環。 式I化合物(其中Α^Ο,ΧβΟΝΙ^6或COOR7或CN以及R2 ,R3或R4基之一爲G2-Q2°,其中G2爲鍵結或伸烷基以 及Q2()爲C00H,C0NH2,或CN)爲合成對應化合物(其中R2 ,R3或R4基之一爲02-關2或G2-CH2-NH2)之關鍵中間物 ,結果導致對應化合物(其中R2,R3及R4基之一爲G2-Het或G2-CH2-Het,此處Het爲藉氮原子鍵結的雜環, 選擇性經以一或多個鹵原子取代)。 •於其中 X = CONR5R6,CN 或 COOR7,R7 非爲 Η 以及 R2,R3 或R4爲G2-C00H之例,轉變係經由柯堤斯(Curtius) 重排進行(例如磷疊氮酸二苯酯與三乙基胺作用以及 於原位藉苄醇淬熄,述於K 1 m,D . , We 1 n r e b,S . Μ ., 有機化學期刊( 1 978 ), 43,12S),藉業界人士已知之 氫解或任何條件將胺官能基脫去保護獲得R2,R3或 R4 = G2-NH2,接著藉環合成而獲得雜環如吡略(例如 述於 Jeff〇rd,C.W.,Tang,Q.,Zasl〇na,A.,美國化學 會期刊(1991 ),1 1 3,3 5 1 3 - 3 5 1 8 ),以及選擇性引進 一或多個鹵原子至環(例如述於GU〇w,H. Μ .,Bur ton , -34- 1297682 五、明謂^明(33 ) D.E.,有機化學期刊(1981 ),46,222 1 - 2225 )。 •於其中X二CONR5R6,COOR7或CN以及R2, R3或R4基之 一爲G2-CONH2,X非爲CONRf或G、CN,X非爲CN之例 ,轉變係經由於業界人士眾所周知之任一種條件下 經由選擇性還原醯胺或腈成爲胺基甲基部分,以及 環合成而獲得雜環如三唑進行(例如述於M i 1 e s,R . W. , Samano,V.,Robins,M. J .,美國化學會期刊(1 995 )The AA-XXI reduction step can be carried out under typical conditions known to those skilled in the art, such as the presence of hydrogen in the presence of Pd/C or in the presence of an optically active catalyst. When R2, R3, or R4 is sensitive to hydrogenation under low pressure conditions such as hydrogenation using Pd/C as a catalyst, the double bond of the olefin mixture can be selectively reduced using NaBH4 in the presence of COCl2. Compound AA-XIX can be prepared by one of the following methods: -28- This paper scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) π装·-------Book----- ----· (Please read the note on the back and then fill out this page) 1297682 V. INSTRUCTIONS (27) E. 1 Alkylated AA-III compound by AA-XX compound (where Q5 means 1 to A linear or branched alkyl group of 4 carbon atoms is alkylated and cyclized. The alkylation step can be carried out in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide or dichloromethane at 0 to 5 (TC in the presence of a tertiary amine. The cyclization can be carried out spontaneously or according to the method described in Part A). E. 2 by reductive amination of a compound of formula AA-XXI and a compound of formula AA-III under reductive amination conditions. The first step of the reaction can be in an inert solvent such as toluene at 0 to 50 ° C in a reducing agent such as NaBH; The presence of CN is carried out in the presence of an acid such as acetic acid. The synthesis of compound AA-XXI is described in Bourgiugnon, J. J. et al., J. Med. Chem. (1 988), 3 1,893-897. F. Base conversion. F. 1 ester reduction to alcohol. Compound of formula I (wherein A2 = 0, X = C0NR5R6 or COOR7, R7 is the third alkyl group and one of R2, R2a, R3, R3a, R4 and R4a represents 02 -C〇〇Q6, G2 is a bonded or alkylene group and Q6 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms) as a corresponding compound (wherein R2, R2a, R3, R3a, R4 and R4a) One of them represents a key synthetic intermediate of G2-CH2〇H). These transformations can be carried out under any of the conditions known to the industry. F. 2 Alcohol And oxidation. Compounds of formula I (wherein A2 = 0 and R2, R2a, R3, R3a, one of R4 and R4a represents -G2-CH2〇H, and G2 is a bonded or alkylene group) is a corresponding compound (where -29 - 1297682 V. INSTRUCTION DESCRIPTION (28) One of R2, R2a, R3, R'R4 and Rh represents -G2-CH2X6 or -G, CHO wherein X6 represents a chlorine, bromine or iodine atom or formula-0-S0b Q7 or - a key synthetic intermediate of -Q-Q8, qi is alkyl or aryl and y is alkyl. These transformations can be carried out under any of the conditions known to the industry. F.3 Nucleophilic substitution of activated alcohols. The compound of formula 1 (wherein 八 2 = 〇 and ^, 1^, 1?3, 1^1, 1?4 and ]^ represents -G2-CH2X6, G2 is a bond or alkyl group and X6 is chlorine Or a bromine or iodine atom or a formula of the formula -〇-S〇2-Q7, as defined in F.2), is a corresponding compound (wherein one of R2, R2a, R3, R3il, R4 and R4a represents -G2-CH2X7, wherein X7 represents A key synthetic intermediate of an azide group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, an amine group, an amine derivative, a sulfur derivative, and a heterocyclic group. These transformations can be carried out under any of the conditions known to the industry. The olefination reaction of aldehydes. a compound (wherein A2 = 0, X = CC) NR5R6 or COOR7 or CN and R2, R2a, R3, R3a, R4 and R4a represent -G2 - CHO, G2 is a bond or alkyl group) as a corresponding compound (wherein R2, R2i', V, R3a, R4 and R4a2 - represent -G2-Q9, wherein Q9 represents an unsubstituted vinyl group, a halogen-atom- or a di-substituted vinyl or alkyl group) Things. These changes can be made under any of the conditions known to the industry. Further, the compound -G2-CN can be obtained from the corresponding aldehyde by reacting it with Se〇2 (described in Earl, R.A., Vollhardt, K.P.C., Journal of Organic Chemistry (1 984), 49, 4786). -30- 1297682 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Employees Consumption Cooperatives Printing Agriculture 29 V. Inventions () F. 5 Acid derivatives are converted into heterocyclic rings. a compound of formula 1 (wherein 8 2 2 0 and 2, 1 ^, 1 3 , 1 ^ ^ and 1 ^ represent - G, CN or -G 2 -COQl (), G 2 is a bond or alkylene group And Q1() is an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group or an amine group, a halogen atom or an amine derivative, but -COQIQ is not X) is a corresponding compound [wherein R2, R'R3, R3a, R4 and R4a2-represented - G2-Qu wherein Q11 represents (U-CO-aryl/heterocyclic group, palladium-catalyzed coupling between chloro-G2-C0C1 and an aryl/heterocyclic organometallic such as trimethyl-pyridyl-stannate The reaction proceeds or (i 1 ) a heterocyclic group such as thiazole (Friedman, BS, Spark s, Μ., Adams, R., Journal of the American Chemical Society (1933), 55, 2262 or Iroka, Ν·, Hamada, Υ·, Shiori, T., Tetrahedron (1992), 48, 7251), 曙 1Φ (Street, LJ, Baker, R., Castro, JL, Clamber, RS, Guiblin, AR, Hobbs, SC, Metassa, VG·, Reeve, AJ, Beer, MS, Middlemis, DN, Noble, AJ, Stanton, J.A., Scholey, K., Hargreaves, RJ, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (1993), 36, 1529), Ainsworth, C·, Journal of the American Chemical Society (195S), 77.1 1 48), four The azole begins with nitrile (Goerlitzer, K., Kogt, R., Proceedings of the Proceedings (1990), 323, 847) or thiadiazole (Lamat t ina, J.L., Mularski, C. J., Journal of Organic Chemistry) (1 984), 49,4800)] key synthetic intermediates. F.6 Synthesis of ketone derivatives. Compounds of formula I (where A2=0 and one of R2, R2a, R3, R3a, R4 and R4a represent - G2-CH II CQ12Q13 or -G2-CQ13 = CHQ12, G2 is a bond or alkyl group, Q12 and Q13 are hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups, but other R2, -31- paper scales are applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4. Specifications (210 X 297 public) —---------------- Order --------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) !297682 A7 B7 i, description of the invention (3()) (please read the precautions on the back and fill out this page) R2\ R3 , R3a , R4 and R4a none of them have functional groups sensitive to oxidative conditions) Corresponding compounds (wherein R2, R2a, R3, R3a, R4 and broadly represent - G2-CO-CHQ12Q" or -G2-CHQ13-CO-Q12, respectively) are key synthetic intermediates. These transformations can be carried out under any suitable conditions known to the industry, for example, in 〇2 and PdCl2M inert solvents such as dimethylformamide or N-methylindole D at 0 to 50 °C ( B ird, Transition Metal Intermediate for Organic Synthesis, Academic Press, New York (1 9 6 7 ), 8 8 - 11 1 ). F. 7 Derivatives of ketones. A compound of formula I (wherein Α2=0, Χ2 CONR5R6 or COOR7 and R2, R2a, 尺3,1^,1?4 and 1^ represent -02-(:0-(^4, where 〇2 is a bond) The knot or alkyl group and Q14 represent an alkyl group) is a synthetic (1) alcohol - G2-CHOH-Q14, which is reduced using a hydrogenating agent (M arch, Journal of Advanced Organic Chemistry, Third Edition, John Wiley & Sons (1 983) ), 809 ), ( Π ) fluorinated branch - G2-CF2-Q14 using the conditions described in Lal, GS, Pez, GP, Pesaresi, RJ, Prozonic, FM, Chemical Communication (1999), 215 -2 1 6 The key intermediates. F.8. Synthesis of alkynyl derivatives. The Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Office, Staff Consumer Cooperative, printed compound of formula I (where A2 is divalent and one of R2, R2il, R3, R'R4 and R" -G2-C=C(X8)2, G2 is a bond or alkyl group and X8 is a halogen atom, but other 乂, 1^,1?2, {^,1^,1^,1?4 and 8 Any of the functional groups which are not sensitive to strong bases are corresponding compounds (wherein R2, R2a, R3, R3a, R4 and one of the broad ones represent - G2-CEC-Q15, wherein Q15 is hydrogen, halogen Key synthetic intermediate of atom, alkyl or aryl) -32- paper ruler Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) A7 1297682 B7_____ V. Description of invention (31) How these changes are carried out: (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) • Via base Inducing a cold-elimination reaction (eg 1 equivalent of t-BuOK at low temperature, described in Michel, P., Rassat, A., tetrahedral letter (1 999), 40, 8579 - 858 1 ) to a halo alkyne derivative (Q1) a halogen atom), followed by metal-catalyzed substitution of a halogen atom by an organometallic species (for example, by MeZnCl in the presence of CuCN.LiCl, as described, for example, in Micouin, L., Knochel, P., Synlett (1 997), 327) ^ • via direct conversion to a metal acetylenic compound (for example using 2 equivalents of n-butyllithium) and alkylation using an alkyl halide or a carbonyl derivative (described in (]〇1^7, £..,?11(:118 , ?.1., tetrahedral letter (1972), 36, 3769 - 3772). F.9 Synthesis of alkane. Compound of formula I (where A2 = 0 and one of R2, R2a, R3, R3a, R4 and R" Representing -G2-C = C-Q16Q17, G2 is a bond or alkyl group, and Q16 and Q17 are alkyl or fluoro) are corresponding compounds (where 1?2, ^, 1^3, ^, 84 and One of the ^ represents a key synthetic intermediate of -G2-CH-CH-Q16R17). The printing and reduction steps of the Ministry of Economic Affairs' Intellectual Property Bureau employees' consumption cooperatives can be carried out under the typical conditions known to the industry, for example, using hydrogen in the presence of Pd/C (March, 〗. Advanced Organic Chemistry Journal, Third Edition, John Wei Li & Son (1 985), 1101-1102). F. Synthesis of a (halo) azidoaryl derivative. a compound of formula I (wherein A2 = 0, X = C0NR5R6 or C00R7 or CN and R2, R3, one of R4 groups is G2-Q18 wherein Q18 represents a nitroaryl group or a triterpene aryl group 'G2 is a bond or a stretch of alkane Base) for the synthesis of the corresponding compound (where r2, r3 or -33- this paper scale applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public f 1297682 V. Invention description (32) One of the R4 bases is G-Q19, Q19 is a key intermediate for the azidoaryl group to be selectively substituted with one or more halogen atoms, preferably Br or F atoms. The conversion is via a nitro or tridecene by any means known to the industry. Partial reduction to aniline, selective introduction of one or more halogen atoms (eg 乂1112-16112, 0., 〇11〇-13111, 1., Synthetic Communications (1989), 19, 1261) and by well-known methods Conversion of amine to azide F. 11 Synthesis of heterocyclic ring from amine. Compound of formula I (wherein Α^Ο, ΧβΟΝΙ^6 or COOR7 or CN and one of R2, R3 or R4 groups is G2-Q2°, where G2 is a bond a knot or alkyl group and Q2() is C00H, C0NH2, or CN) to synthesize a corresponding compound (wherein one of R2, R3 or R4 is 02- Guan 2 or G2-CH2-NH2) The bond intermediate results in a corresponding compound (wherein one of the R2, R3 and R4 groups is G2-Het or G2-CH2-Het, where Het is a heterocyclic ring bonded by a nitrogen atom, optionally via one or more Halogen substituted) • In the case where X = CONR5R6, CN or COOR7, R7 is not Η and R2, R3 or R4 is G2-C00H, the transformation is carried out via Curtius rearrangement (eg phosphorus azide) The action of diphenyl ester with triethylamine and quenching with benzyl alcohol in situ is described in K 1 m, D . , We 1 nreb, S . Μ ., Journal of Organic Chemistry (1 978 ), 43,12S) R2, R3 or R4 = G2-NH2 is obtained by dehydrogenation of an amine functional group by hydrogenolysis or any conditions known to those skilled in the art, followed by ring synthesis to obtain a heterocyclic ring such as pyridine (for example, described in Jeff rd, CW, Tang, Q., Zasl〇na, A., Journal of the American Chemical Society (1991), 1 1 3, 3 5 1 3 - 3 5 1 8 ), and the selective introduction of one or more halogen atoms to the ring (for example, In GU〇w, H. Μ., Bur ton, -34- 1297682 V. Ming said ^ Ming (33) DE, Journal of Organic Chemistry (1981), 46, 222 1 - 2225). • Among them X two CONR5R6, COOR7 or CN And one of the R2, R3 or R4 groups is G2-CONH2, X is not CONRf or G, CN, and X is not an example of CN. The conversion is via selective reduction of guanamine or nitrile by any of the conditions well known to the industry. An aminomethyl moiety, and a ring synthesis to obtain a heterocycle such as a triazole (for example, in M i es, R. W., Samano, V., Robins, M. J., Journal of the American Chemical Society (1) 995 )

,117,595 1 - 5957 )。 F. 12 三唑之合成。, 117, 595 1 - 5957 ). F. 12 Synthesis of triazole.

式I化合物(其中A2=0以及R2,R2a ,R3 ,R3a ,R4及R4a之 基之一表示-G2-CH2N3,G2爲鍵結或伸烷基)爲對應化 合物(其中 R2,R2a,R3,R3a,R4 及 R4 基之一表示-G2-CH2-三唑)之關鍵合成中間物。此種轉變可經由於1 -(三苯 基亞磷烷基)-酮衍生物存在下長時間加熱進行(例如述 於 Hammerschmidt,F.,Polsterer,J.P.,Zbiral,合成 (1 995 ),415)。 F . 1 3光學分割。 當式I化合物存在有一或多個立體產生中心,以及 使用非立體選擇性合成方法時,立體異構物混合物之 光學分割最佳係以一或數個步驟進行,通常涉及將非 對映異構物混合物循序分離成其組成之外消旋混合物 ’分離方法較佳係使用於非像合相或像合相於反相模 式或較佳於直接模式進行層析分離;接著爲最佳使用 於像合相於反相或較佳於直接模式進行層析分離,而 -35- 1297682 A7 B7 五 _I___ 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 發明說明(34) 將各外消旋混合物分離成爲其對映異構物之最終光學 分割步驟。另外’當使用部分立體選擇性合成方法時 ’最終步驟係使用於非像合相或像合相於反相或較 佳於直接模式進行層析分離而分離非對映異構物。 某些前述中間化合物,特別式A A - I I化合物,其中各 個取代基具有前述定義爲新穎化合物且也構成本發明之 一部分。此等新穎中間物當離去基爲醫藥可接受性時, 具有後文對式I化合物所述之相同用途。 今曰發現式I化合物及其醫藥可接受性鹽可用於多種 醫樂適應症。 例如根據本發明之化合物可用於治療癲癇、癲癇發生 、癲癇發作病症及抽搐。 此等化合物也可用於治療其它神經病症包括兩極性病 症、躁症、鬱症、焦慮、偏頭痛、三叉神經痛及其它神 經痛、慢性疼痛、神經病變疼痛、腦缺血、心律不整、 肌強直、古柯鹼濫用、中風、肌陣攣、特發性震顫以及 其它運動疾病、新生兒腦出血、肌萎縮性脊側索硬化、 痙攣狀態、巴金森氏病及其它退化疾病。 此外,本發明化合物可用於治療支氣管氣喘、氣喘狀 態及過敏性支氣管炎、氣喘症候群、支氣管活性過高以 及支氣管痙攣症候群以及過敏性及血管運動性鼻炎以及 鼻結膜炎。 如此,本發明於又一方面係有關式I化合物或其醫藥 可接受性鹽用以製造神經及其它病症治療用藥(如前述)。 -36- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -----------________^--------1 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1297682 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印制衣 A7 B7 I、發明說明(35) 特別,本發明係有關使用式I化合物或其醫藥可接受 性鹽用以製造癲癇、兩極性病症、慢性疼痛或神經病變 疼痛、偏頭痛、支氣管-、氣喘-或過敏性情況之治療用 藥。 活性化合物之活性及性質,於試管或於活體之口服利 用率及安定性於所揭示之化合物之光學異構物間有顯著 變化。 較佳具體實施例中,活性化合物係以對映異構物豐富 形式,亦即實質爲單一異構物形式投藥。 例如於式I化合物其中R1爲乙基,X爲-CONH2,A2爲氧 之例,當R3爲丙基而其餘取代基爲氫時,以S (丁醯胺) R(環)對映異構物爲較佳;以及當R3爲2,2-二氟乙烯基 及其餘取代基皆爲氫時,以S ( 丁醯胺),S (環)對映異構 物爲較佳。 本發明亦係關於一種於需要治療的哺乳動物治療癲癇 、偏頭痛、兩極性病症、慢性疼痛或神經病變疼痛或支 氣管-、氣喘-或過敏性病情之方法,包含對病人投予治 療劑量之至少一種式I化合物或其醫藥可接受性鹽。 本發明方法包含對患有前述病情或病症之哺乳類(較 佳人類)投予根據本發明化合物,而投藥量係足夠改善或 預防該病症或病情。 化合物習知係以任何適當單位劑型投藥,包括但非限 於每單位劑型含有5至1 000毫克,較佳25至500毫克活 性成分。 -37- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CIvJS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -----------€--------訂---------砉 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1297682 A7 B7 , 3 6、 五、發明說明() 「治療」一詞用於此處包括治療性處理及預防性處理。 「治療」一詞表示可處理病症或病情的目前症狀。 (請先間讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 「預防」表示防止病症或病情的發生或復發。 「癲癇」一詞用於此處表示腦功能障礙而以定期以及 無法預期的癲癇發作爲特徵。發作於正常腦使用電擊或 化學抽搐劑處理時誘發爲「非癲癇」發作,而無刺激證 據發作者爲「癲癇發作」。 「發作」一詞用於此處表示由於腦神經元族群之障礙 性、協同性以及韻律性發射而造成暫時性行爲改變。 「偏頭痛」一詞用於此處表示以復發性頭痛發作爲特 徵的病症,頭痛之強度、頻率以及持續時間有寬廣變化。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 發作常見爲單側,且通常關聯有厭食、噁心、嘔吐、畏 聲及/或畏光。某些病例先前有或關聯有神經及情緒障礙 。偏頭痛性頭痛持續時間由4小時至約72小時。國際頭痛 協會(IHS, 1 988年)將偏頭痛分類成有預兆性偏頭痛(典型 非偏頭痛)及無預兆性偏頭痛(常見偏頭痛)作爲偏頭痛的 主要類型。有預兆性偏頭痛包含頭痛期之前有特徵性視 覺、感覺、語言或運動症狀。無此種症狀的頭痛稱作無 預兆性偏頭痛。 「兩極性病症」一詞用以表示根據精神病症診斷及統 計手冊第4版(精神病症診斷及統計手冊(DSM-IV TM),美 國精神科學會,華盛頓特區,1 994年)分類爲情緒障礙的 病症。兩極性病症一般特徵爲自動促發重複(換言之至少 ‘兩次)發作,發作時病人的高度興奮性、活動及情緒有顯 -38- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1297682 A7 B7 五、發明說明(37) 著障礙,此種障礙於某些情況爲情緒升高以及能量及活 動力增加(躁症或輕躁症),而於某些情況爲情緒降低以 及能量及活動的減少(鬱症)。兩極性病症於DSM - I V可分 成四類(兩極性I病症,兩極性I I病症,循環性精神躁鬱 以及未特別歸類的兩極性病症> 「躁症發作j 一詞用於此處表示情緒出現異常且持續 性升高、擴張或易受刺激且帶有強迫性言語以及精神運 動激躁等症狀的時期。 「輕躁症」一詞用於此處表不較非極端的躁症發作, 嚴重程度較低。 「重大鬱症發作」一詞用於此處表示持續時間至少2 週,情緒抑鬱或幾乎對所有的活動皆喪失興趣或愉快, 且帶有注意力受損以及精神運動遲滯現象。 「混合型發作」一詞用於此處表示一段時間(至少持續 1週)其發作標準符合躁症發作以及幾乎每日皆符合重大 鬱症發作。 「慢性疼痛」一詞用於此處表示疾病的進展與急性疼 痛不同的情況。習知定義爲持續超過正常癒合時間的疼 痛,當個人感覺該疼痛將於可預見的未來持續經歷其部 分生命時也可視爲慢性疼痛。可能大部分慢性疼痛症候 群涉及神經病變成分,其通常比急性軀體疼痛更難處理。 「神經病變疼痛」一詞用於此處表示因神經病理變化 誘發的疼痛,表示存在有有害刺激,當並無任何可辨識 的刺激存在時則造成一種錯誤的疼痛感。換言之,顯然 -39- 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閒讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) --------訂·-------- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 Ϊ297682 A7 B7__ 3 8 五、發明說明() 疼痛系統被打開而無法關閉。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 式I化合物或其醫藥可接受性鹽作爲抗抽搐劑的活性 可於聽覺產生發作模式測定。本試驗目的係利用對聲音 敏感的小鼠(帶有反射發作之動物模式)藉聽覺誘發發作 而評估化合物之抗抽搐能力。此種原發性全身性癲癇中 ,癲癇的發作並無電或化學刺激而誘發,發作的類別至 少有部分之臨床現象係類似人類的發作(LKs che !· W . & Schmidt D·,癲癇硏究(1998),2,p.l45-181;Bu chhalter J.R.,癲癇( 1 993 ),34,S31-S41)。式I化合物所得結果 指示具有強力藥效。 另一項指示可能的抗抽搐活性之檢定分析係結合至左 堤拉西坦結合位置(LBS),容後詳述。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 式I化合物或其醫藥可接受性鹽用於慢性神經病變疼 痛之活性可於動物模式測定。例如慢性神經病變疼痛可 經由於大鼠藉藥理誘發糖尿病而模式化。此種模式中, 動物對有害刺激顯示漸進式痛覺反應過高,此種症狀常 見於帶有疼痛性周邊神經病變病人(Courteix C, Eschalier,A.及 Lavarenne J.,疼痛,53,( 1 993 ) 8 1 - 88 ) 。此種模式具有高度藥理預測能力(Courteix C,BarcHn M.,Chantelauze C.,Lavarenne J 及 Eschalier,A·,疼痛 ’57(1994)153-160)。 式I化合物或其醫藥可接受性鹽用於兩極性病症的活 性可於動物模式評估。例如兩極性病症特別躁症可於大 鼠藉藥理誘發活性過高且評估其於γ字形迷宮的表現而模 -40- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) A7 1297682 B7 _ — 39 五、發明說明() (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 式化。此種情況下,用於人類有效的治療劑例如鋰及凡 普酸鈉(Sodium valproat e)可降低活動性亢進,如此證 實該模式具有預測性(Cao B .].,及Peng N ; A ;歐洲藥理 期刊 237 ( 1 99 3 ) 1 77 - 1 8 1.Vale A.L.及 Ratcliffe F.精神 藥理學,9 1 ( 1 987 ) 352 - 355 )。 式I化合物或其醫藥可接受性鹽可能之抗氣喘性質可 於過敏性氣喘的動物模式試驗,該模式中對卵白蛋白敏 化的天竺鼠使用抗原挑釁且硏究肺功能變化以及呼吸道 的發炎細胞含量(Yamada等人(1992)於天竺鼠之晚期過 敏症狀反應之動物模式之發展以及抗過敏藥物之效果。 前列腺素,.1〗:507 ·521)。 前述任一種適應症的活性當然可以業界人士已知方式 對特定適應症及/或對臨床試驗的設計進行適當臨床試 驗。 用於治療疾病,式I化合物或其醫藥可接受性鹽可以 有效每日劑量且以醫藥組合物形式投藥。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 因此本發明之另一具體實施例係有關一種醫藥組合物 ,包含有效量之式I化合物或其醫藥可接受性鹽組合醫藥 可接受性稀釋劑或載劑。 爲了製備根據本發明之醫樂組合物,一^或多種式I化 合物或其醫藥可接受性鹽根據業界人士習知的醫藥混合 技術混合醫藥稀釋劑或載劑。 適當稀釋劑及載劑依據投藥途徑例如經口、直腸或腸 外而定可呈寬廣多變的形式。 -41- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1297682 A7 B7 40 五、發明說明() 包含根據本發明之化合物之醫藥組合物例如可經口或 腸外亦即靜脈、肌肉或皮下、鞘內投藥。 適合經口投藥之藥物可爲固體或液體例如呈錠劑、九 劑、糖衣錠、明膠膠囊劑、溶液劑、糖漿劑等劑型。 爲達此項目的,活性成分混合惰性稀釋劑或無毒醫藥 可接受性載劑例如澱粉或乳糖。選擇性地,醫藥組合物 也可含有黏結劑例如微晶纖維素、西黃耆膠或明膠、崩 散劑如褐藻酸、潤滑劑如硬脂酸鎂、滑動劑如膠體二氧 化矽、甜味劑如蔗糖或糖精或著色劑或矯味劑如薄荷腦 或水楊酸甲酯。 本發明也包含可以控制方式釋放活性物質之組合物。 可用於腸外投藥之醫藥組合物可呈習知劑型例如水性或 油性溶液劑或懸浮液劑通常含於安瓿、拋棄式注射器、 玻璃或塑膠小瓶或輸注容器。 除了活性成分外,此等溶液劑或懸浮液劑也可選擇性 含有無菌稀釋劑例如注射用水、生理食鹽水、油、聚乙 二醇類、甘油、丙二醇或其它合成溶劑、抗菌劑如苄醇 ,抗氧化劑如抗壞血酸或亞硫酸氫鈉,螯合劑如伸乙基 二胺-四乙酸,緩衝劑如乙酸鹽類,檸檬酸鹽類或磷酸 鹽類以及滲透壓調節劑例如氯化鈉或葡萄糖。 此等醫藥劑型係使用藥師例行使用的方法製備。 活性成分於醫藥組合物之含量可落入寬廣濃度範圍且 依據多項因素而定,例如病人姓別、年齡、體重以及醫 療病情’及投藥方法。如此,式I化合物於口服投藥組合 -42- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------------------訂·-------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1297682 五 '發明説明(41 ) 物之含量相對於組合物總重可爲至少〇 . 5%重量比而高達 80%重量比。 根據本發明也發現式I化合物或其醫藥可接受性鹽可 單獨或組合其它醫藥活性成分投藥。此等可與本發明化 合物合倂使用之額外化合物之非限制性實例有抗痙攣劑 (例如北克芬(baclofen)),止吐劑,抗躁症情緒穩定劑 ,止痛劑(例如阿斯匹林,衣布普芬(i buprof en ),帕拉 西特莫(paracetamol )),麻藥性止痛劑,局部麻醉劑, 雅片類止痛劑,鋰鹽,抗鬱劑(例如米安西林(mianserin) ’ 浮 羅撒汀 (fluoxetine) , 翠兹冬 (trazpdone)) ’參環抗鬱劑(例如衣米普拉明Umipr amine),迪斯普拉 明(d e s i p r a mi n e )),抗抽搐劑(例如凡普酸(v a 1 p r 〇 i c acid),卡巴瑪兹平(carbamazepine),芬尼通(?1^117-t o i η )) ’抗精神病劑(例如麗斯皮瑞冬(r i s p e r i d 〇 n e ), 賀羅皮瑞多(haloperidol)),神經作用劑,苯并二氮雜 卓類(例如迪茲潘(diazepam),可羅那兹潘(clonazepam)) ’吩噻哄類(例如可羅普瑪晶(chlorpromazine)),錦通 道遮斷劑,安非它命,可羅尼定(cion lcline),力度卡因 (lidocaine),米西勒汀(mexiletine),卡撒辛 (capsaicin),咖啡因,魁堤亞平(quetiapine),血管 張力素拮抗劑,/S -遮斷劑,抗心律不整劑,翠普堂 (t r 1 p ta n s ),麥角衍生物。 根據本發明特別令人感興趣者爲至少一種式I化合物 或其醫藥可接受性鹽與至少一種可誘生GABAa受體媒介的 -43- A7 1297682 B7 42、 五、發明說明() 神經抑制作用之化合物的組合。式I化合物對誘生藉GABAa 受體媒介之神經抑制作用的化合物具有潛在效果,於許 多病例可於較少不良反應風險下獲得病情及病症的有效 治療。 誘生藉GABAa受體媒介的神經抑制作用之化合物例如 包括下列:苯并二氮雜罩類,巴比妥酸鹽類,類固醇類 及抗抽搐劑類例如凡普酸鹽、微加巴春(viagabatrine) ,堤加賓(t i a g a b i n e )或其醫藥可接受性鹽。 苯并二氮雜罩類包括1,4苯并二氮雜革類例如迪茲播 及可羅那茲潘以及1,5苯并二氮雜罩類例如可羅巴戰 (clobazam)。較佳化合物爲可羅那茲潘。 巴比妥酸鹽類包括苯基巴比妥(Phenobarbi tal )以及戊 基巴比妥(P e n t 〇 b a r b 1 t a 1 )。較佳化合物爲苯基巴比妥。 類固醇類包括腎上腺皮質激素例如堤叉可撒泰 (tetracosactide)乙酸鹽等。 抗抽搐劑包括乙內醯脲類(芬尼通,衣索通(ethotom) 等)’曙π坐π定類(翠米撒代翁(trimethadione)等),丁二 醯亞胺類(衣索撒西麥(ethosuximide)等),芬那西麥類 (phenacemides)(芬那西麥,亞西爾芬內圖(acetylphene-turide)等),擴醯胺類(蘇森(sulthiame),亞斯妥卓麥 (3〇6 1(^2〇12〇1丨(10)等),胺基丁酸(例如7-胺基-/3-羥 丁酸等),凡普酸鈉及衍生物,卡巴瑪茲平等。 較佳化合物包括凡普酸,凡普麥(v a 1 p r om i de ),凡普 酸鹽皮瓦西爾(Pi vox i 1 ),凡普酸鈉,半凡普酸鈉,代 -44- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------------------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1297682 A7 B7 43 五、發明說明() 凡普克斯(divalproex),可羅那茲平,苯基巴比妥,微 加巴春,堤如賓。 用於較佳口服組合物,每日劑量爲5至1 000毫克(mg ) 式I化合物之範圍。 腸外投樂用組合物中,式I化合物之存在量相對於組 合物總重至少爲0.5%重量比而可高達33%重量比。至於較 佳腸外組合物,劑量單位係於5毫克至1 000毫克式I化合 物之範圍。 每曰劑量落入寬廣式I化合物之劑量單位範圍且通常 爲5至1 000毫克。但須瞭解特定劑量可依據個別需求由 醫師的裁決調整配合特定病例。 本發明之醫藥組合物之活性成分(化合物I以及可誘生 藉GABAa受體媒介的神經抑制作用之化合物)之用量將隨 欲投藥之哺乳動物、欲治療的疾病、其它活性劑等決定。 通常對指定組合物及劑型而言,誘生GABAa受體媒介之神 經抑制作用之化合物用量以及化合物I用量可方便採用例 行程序決定。 下列實例僅供舉例說明而非限制性,也絕非視爲囿限 本發明之範圍。業界人士瞭解可未悖離本發明之精髓及 範圍對下列實例做出例行的變化及修改。 除非於實例中另行載明,否則化合物之特徵係根據下 列方法測定:a compound of formula I (wherein A2 = 0 and R2, R2a, R3, R3a, one of R4 and R4a represents one of -G2-CH2N3, and G2 is a bonded or alkylene group) is a corresponding compound (wherein R2, R2a, R3, One of R3a, one of R4 and R4 represents a key synthetic intermediate of -G2-CH2-triazole). Such a transformation can be carried out by prolonged heating in the presence of a 1-(triphenylphosphinoalkyl)-one derivative (for example, as described in Hammerschmidt, F., Polsterer, JP, Zbiral, Synthesis (1 995), 415). . F. 1 3 optical segmentation. When one or more stereogenic centers are present in a compound of formula I, and the use of a non-stereoselective synthesis method, the optical separation of the mixture of stereoisomers is preferably carried out in one or several steps, usually involving the diastereoisomerization The mixture is sequentially separated into its constituent racemic mixture. The separation method is preferably used in non-image-phase or image-phase-in-phase mode or preferably in direct mode for chromatographic separation; Combining in reverse phase or preferably in direct mode for chromatographic separation, and -35- 1297682 A7 B7 V_I___ Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperatives Printing Instructions (34) Separating each racemic mixture into its The final optical segmentation step of the enantiomer. Further, the 'final step' is used when the partial stereoselective synthesis method is used to separate the diastereomers by non-image-phase or image-phase-phase in reverse phase or better in direct mode for chromatographic separation. Some of the foregoing intermediate compounds, particularly the compounds of formula A A - I I, wherein each substituent has the aforementioned definition as a novel compound and also form part of the present invention. Such novel intermediates have the same utility as described hereinafter for the compounds of formula I when the leaving group is pharmaceutically acceptable. It has now been discovered that the compounds of formula I and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts are useful in a variety of medical indications. For example, the compounds according to the invention are useful in the treatment of epilepsy, epileptogenesis, seizure disorders and convulsions. These compounds are also useful in the treatment of other neurological disorders including bipolar disorders, snoring, depression, anxiety, migraine, trigeminal neuralgia and other neuralgia, chronic pain, neuropathic pain, cerebral ischemia, arrhythmia, myotonia, Cocaine abuse, stroke, myoclonus, essential tremors and other motor diseases, neonatal cerebral hemorrhage, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, spasticity, Parkinson's disease and other degenerative diseases. Furthermore, the compounds of the present invention are useful for the treatment of bronchial asthma, asthmatic and allergic bronchitis, asthmatic syndrome, bronchial hyperactivity, and bronchospasm syndrome as well as allergic and vasomotor rhinitis and rhinoconjunctivitis. Thus, in another aspect, the invention relates to a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in the manufacture of a therapeutic agent for neurological and other disorders (as described above). -36- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -----------________^--------1 (Please read the back Note: Please fill out this page again. 1297682 Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Office, Staff Consumer Cooperative, Printed Clothing A7 B7 I, Invention Description (35) In particular, the present invention relates to the use of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of epilepsy, A therapeutic drug for bipolar disorder, chronic pain or neuropathic pain, migraine, broncho-, asthma, or allergic conditions. The activity and properties of the active compound vary significantly between the oral isocidity and stability in the test tube or in vivo between the optical isomers of the disclosed compounds. In a preferred embodiment, the active compound is administered in enantiomerically enriched form, i.e., substantially as a single isomer. For example, in the compound of formula I wherein R1 is ethyl, X is -CONH2, and A2 is oxygen. When R3 is propyl and the remaining substituents are hydrogen, the S (butyridamine) R (ring) enantiomer Preferably, when R3 is 2,2-difluorovinyl and the rest of the substituents are hydrogen, the S (butanamine), S (cyclo) enantiomer is preferred. The invention also relates to a method of treating epilepsy, migraine, bipolar disorder, chronic pain or neuropathic pain or bronchial, asthmatic or allergic condition in a mammal in need thereof, comprising administering to the patient at least a therapeutic dose A compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The method of the present invention comprises administering a mammal according to the present invention to a mammal (preferred human) having the aforementioned condition or disorder, and the amount administered is sufficient to ameliorate or prevent the condition or condition. The compounds are conventionally administered in any suitable unit dosage form including, but not limited to, from 5 to 1,000 mg, preferably from 25 to 500 mg, of active ingredient per unit dosage form. -37- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CIvJS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -----------€--------Book------- --砉 (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1297682 A7 B7 , 3 6. V. INSTRUCTIONS () The term “treatment” is used here to include therapeutic treatment and preventive treatment. The term "treatment" refers to the current symptoms that can treat a condition or condition. (Please read the back of the note first and then fill out this page.) "Prevention" means preventing the occurrence or recurrence of a disease or condition. The term "epilepsy" is used herein to mean brain dysfunction and is characterized by regular and unpredictable epilepsy. When a normal brain is treated with an electric shock or a chemical convulsion, it is induced as a "non-epileptic" episode, and the non-stimulus syndrome is referred to as "seizure." The term "seizure" is used herein to mean a temporary change in behavior due to impediment, synergy, and rhythmic firing of the brain neuron population. The term "migraine" is used here to mean a condition characterized by recurrent headache, with a wide range of intensity, frequency and duration of headache. Printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Consumer Cooperatives. Attacks are often unilateral and are often associated with anorexia, nausea, vomiting, phobia and/or photophobia. Some cases have previously been associated with or associated with neurological and emotional disorders. Migraine headaches last from 4 hours to about 72 hours. The International Headache Association (IHS, 1 988) classified migraine as a predatory migraine (typically non-migraine) and no premature migraine (common migraine) as the main type of migraine. Predictive migraine includes characteristic visual, sensory, linguistic or motor symptoms before the headache period. A headache without such symptoms is called a no-pregnancy migraine. The term "bipolar disorder" is used to refer to the classification of mental disorders according to the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Psychiatric Disorders, 4th Edition (DSM-IV TM, American Psychiatric Association, Washington, DC, 1994). Illness. Bipolar disorders are generally characterized by an automatic triggering of repetitive (in other words at least two episodes) episodes of high excitability, activity, and mood in the episode -38 - This paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1297682 A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (37) Obstacles, which in some cases are elevated in mood and increased energy and mobility (sickness or snoring), and in some cases emotions Reduced and reduced energy and activity (depression). Bipolar disorders can be divided into four categories in DSM-IV (bipolar I disorders, bipolar II disorders, circulatory mental depression, and bipolar disorders not specifically classified) > "The snoring episode j is used here to express emotions a period of abnormal and persistent elevation, dilatation or susceptibility, and compulsive speech and psychomotor stimuli. The term "palatosis" is used here to describe a non-extreme snoring episode. The severity is low. The term “significant depression” is used here to mean a duration of at least 2 weeks, emotional depression or loss of interest or pleasure for almost all activities, with impaired attention and mental retardation. The term "mixed seizures" is used here to mean a period of time (for at least 1 week) whose seizure criteria are consistent with seizures and almost daily for major depressive episodes. The term "chronic pain" is used here to mean disease. Progress is different from acute pain. Conventional definition is pain that lasts longer than normal healing time, when an individual feels that the pain will continue to experience part of it for the foreseeable future Lifetime can also be considered as chronic pain. Most chronic pain syndromes may involve neuropathic components, which are usually more difficult to treat than acute physical pain. The term "neuropathic pain" is used here to mean pain induced by neuropathological changes. There are noxious stimuli that cause a false pain when there is no identifiable stimuli. In other words, it is clear that the paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ( Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page.) --------Book ·------- Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed Ϊ 297682 A7 B7__ 3 8 V. Description of Invention () The pain system is turned on and cannot be turned off. (Please read the precautions on the back and fill out this page.) The activity of the compound of formula I or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt as an anticonvulsant can be measured in the pattern of auditory seizures. The ability of the compound to assess the seizure-evoking ability of the mouse by sound-sensitive mice (animal mode with reflex episodes). In this primary systemic epilepsy, epilepsy The seizures are not induced by electrical or chemical stimuli, and at least some of the clinical manifestations of the seizures are similar to human seizures (LKs che !· W . & Schmidt D·, Epilepsy (1998), 2, p.l45- 181; Bu chhalter JR, epilepsy (1 993), 34, S31-S41). The results obtained with the compounds of formula I indicate potent efficacy. Another assay that indicates possible anti-convulsive activity is bound to levetiracetam Combined with the location (LBS), detailed later. The Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office employee consumption cooperative printed compound of formula I or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt for chronic neuropathic pain activity can be determined in animal models. For example, chronic neuropathic pain It can be modeled by inducing diabetes by pharmacokinetics in rats. In this model, animals show progressive hyperalgesia to noxious stimuli, which are common in patients with painful peripheral neuropathy (Courteix C, Eschalier, A. and Lavarenne J., Pain, 53, (1 993) ) 8 1 - 88 ). This model has a high degree of pharmacological predictive power (Courteix C, BarcHn M., Chantelauze C., Lavarenne J and Eschalier, A., Pain '57 (1994) 153-160). The activity of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in a bipolar disorder can be assessed in an animal model. For example, bipolar disorder, especially snoring, can be induced by pharmacologically induced activity in rats and evaluated for its performance in gamma-shaped labyrinth. Model-40- This paper scale applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). A7 1297682 B7 _ — 39 V. INSTRUCTIONS () (Please read the precautions on the back and fill out this page). In this case, therapeutic agents for humans such as lithium and sodium valproat e can reduce hyperactivity, thus confirming that the model is predictive (Cao B .)., and Peng N; A; European Journal of Pharmacology 237 ( 1 99 3 ) 1 77 - 1 8 1.Vale AL and Ratcliffe F. Psychopharmacology, 9 1 (1 987) 352 - 355 ). The anti-asthmatic properties of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may be tested in an animal model of allergic asthma, in which ovale-sensitized guinea pigs are challenged with antigen and examined for changes in lung function and inflammatory cells in the respiratory tract. (Yamada et al. (1992) Development of animal models of allergic symptoms in guinea pigs and effects of antiallergic drugs. Prostaglandins, .1: 507 · 521). The activity of any of the aforementioned indications can of course be appropriately clinically tested for specific indications and/or for the design of clinical trials in a manner known to those skilled in the art. For use in the treatment of a disease, a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be administered in an effective daily dose and in the form of a pharmaceutical composition. Another embodiment of the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier. . To prepare a pharmaceutical composition according to the present invention, one or more of the compounds of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof are mixed with a pharmaceutical diluent or carrier according to pharmaceutical mixing techniques well known to those skilled in the art. Suitable diluents and carriers may be in a broad and varied form depending on the route of administration, for example, orally, rectally or parenterally. -41- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1297682 A7 B7 40 V. Invention Description () Medicine containing the compound according to the present invention The composition can be administered, for example, orally or parenterally, i.e., intravenously, intramuscularly or subcutaneously, intrathecally. The drug suitable for oral administration may be in the form of a solid or a liquid such as a tablet, a nine-dose, a sugar-coated tablet, a gelatin capsule, a solution, or a syrup. For this purpose, the active ingredient is mixed with an inert diluent or a non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carrier such as starch or lactose. Alternatively, the pharmaceutical composition may also contain a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, tragacanth or gelatin, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, a lubricant such as magnesium stearate, a slip agent such as colloidal cerium oxide, or a sweetener. Such as sucrose or saccharin or a coloring or flavoring agent such as menthol or methyl salicylate. The invention also encompasses compositions which release the active substance in a controlled manner. Pharmaceutical compositions which can be used for parenteral administration can be in the form of conventional dosage forms such as aqueous or oily solutions or suspensions, usually in ampoules, disposable syringes, glass or plastic vials or infusion containers. These solutions or suspensions may optionally contain sterile diluents such as water for injection, physiological saline, oil, polyethylene glycols, glycerol, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents, antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol, in addition to the active ingredient. An antioxidant such as ascorbic acid or sodium hydrogen sulfite, a chelating agent such as ethyldiamine-tetraacetic acid, a buffer such as an acetate, a citrate or a phosphate, and an osmotic pressure adjusting agent such as sodium chloride or glucose. These pharmaceutical dosage forms are prepared by routine use by a pharmacist. The amount of the active ingredient in the pharmaceutical composition may fall within a broad range and depending on a number of factors, such as the patient's family name, age, weight, and medical condition' and administration method. Thus, the compound of formula I is administered orally in combination-42- This paper scale applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ------------------- Order·------- (Please read the note on the back and then fill out this page) 1297682 5 'Invention Description (41) The content of the substance may be at least 〇. 5% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition Up to 80% by weight. It has also been found in accordance with the invention that the compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be administered alone or in combination with other pharmaceutically active ingredients. Non-limiting examples of such additional compounds that can be combined with the compounds of the present invention are anti-caries agents (e.g., baclofen), antiemetics, anti-caries mood stabilizers, analgesics (e.g., aspirin). Lin, ibuprof en, paracetamol, anesthetic analgesic, local anesthetic, flavonoid analgesic, lithium salt, anti-depressant (eg mianserin) ' fluoxetine (trazpdone) 'Sentence anti-depressant (such as Umipr amine), desipra mi ne), anti-convulsant (eg VA 1 pr 〇ic acid, carbamazepine, fentanyl (?1^117-toi η)) antipsychotic (eg risperid 〇ne), Haloperidol, a neuroleptic, benzodiazepines (eg diazepam, clonazepam) phenothiazines (eg Coropium) Chlorpromazine, jin channel interrupting agent, amphetamine, coroniidine Cion lcline), lidocaine, mexiletine, capsaicin, caffeine, quetiapine, angiotensin antagonist, /S-interrupter, Anti-arrhythmia, Tupper (tr 1 p ta ns ), ergot derivatives. Particularly interesting according to the invention are at least one compound of the formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and at least one inducible GABAa receptor vector -43-A7 1297682 B7 42 , V. Description of the invention () Neurosuppressive effect a combination of compounds. The compounds of formula I have potential effects on compounds that induce neuroinhibition by GABAa receptor mediators, and in many cases effective treatment of conditions and conditions can be achieved with less risk of adverse reactions. Compounds that induce neuroinhibition by GABAa receptor media include, for example, the following: benzodiazepines, barbiturates, steroids, and anticonvulsants such as fenpropionate, micro-gaibachun ( Viagabatrine), tiagabine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Benzodiazepines include 1,4 benzodiazepines such as dized and konaznapan and 1,5 benzodiazepines such as clobazam. A preferred compound is ronnazap. Barbiturates include phenylbarbital (Phenobarbi tal) and pentobarbital (P e n t 〇 b a r b 1 t a 1 ). A preferred compound is phenyl barbital. Steroids include adrenocortical hormones such as tetracosactide acetate and the like. Anti-twitching agents include carbendazim (fenidon, ethotom, etc.) '曙π sitting π determinate (trimethadione, etc.), butyl bismuth imidate Ethosuximide, etc., phenacemides (phenacetamides, acetylphene-turide, etc.), sulphide (sulthiame), Yass卓卓麦(3〇6 1(^2〇12〇1丨(10), etc.), aminobutyric acid (eg 7-amino-/3-hydroxybutyric acid, etc.), sodium citrate and derivatives, Kabamaz is equal. Preferred compounds include vanadium, va 1 pr om i de, Pi vox i 1 , sodium phenoxide, sodium sulfamate ,代-44- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ------------------- --- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperatives Ministry of Printing and Economy Ministry Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperatives Printed 1297682 A7 B7 43 V. Inventions () Van Pukes (divalproex), konazidine, phenyl For the preferred oral compositions, the daily dosage is from 5 to 1 000 mg (mg) of the compound of formula I. In the composition for parenteral fungus, the compound of formula I It is present in an amount of at least 0.5% by weight and up to 33% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition. As for the preferred parenteral composition, the dosage unit is in the range of from 5 mg to 1 000 mg of the compound of formula I. The dosage unit range of the broad formula I compound is usually from 5 to 1000 mg. It is to be understood that the specific dosage can be adjusted according to the individual requirements by a physician's decision. The active ingredient of the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention (Compound I and The amount of the compound which induces the neuroinhibitory effect of the GABAa receptor vector will depend on the mammal to be administered, the disease to be treated, other active agents, etc. Generally, the GABAa receptor is induced for the specified composition and dosage form. The amount of the compound for the neuroleptic action of the vehicle and the amount of the compound I can be conveniently determined by routine procedures. The following examples are for illustrative purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the invention. Variations and modifications of the following examples can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Unless otherwise stated in the examples, the characteristics of the compounds are determined according to the following methods:

_R光譜係記錄於布魯克(BRUKER)AC 2 50傅麗葉轉換NMR 分光計配合亞斯沛克(Aspect ) 3 000電腦以及5毫米1H/13C -45- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -----------裝--------訂·-------I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1297682 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 44 五、發明說明() 雙重探頭,或布魯克4〇〇 配備有SG靛電腦以 及5毫米反向幾何沱/1^/1^三重探頭。化合物係於DMSO-d6(或CDCIO溶液於探頭溫度313度K以及濃度20毫克/毫 升硏究。儀器鎖定於DMSO-cU(或CDC10氘信號。化學位移 係以距離作爲內部標準的TMS下野之ppm表示。 於LC / MS模式之質譜測量進行如後: HPLC條件 分析係使用瓦特氏(WATERS )艾麗恩斯(A 1 1 1 an c e ) HPLC 系統架設有英那西爾(INERTSIL)ODS 3,DP 5微米,250 x 4.6毫米管柱。 梯度係由 100%溶劑 A(乙腈,水 TFA(10/90/0.1,v/v/v)) 至 100%溶劑 B(乙腈,水,TFA(90/10/0.1,v/v/v))於 7 分 鐘內變化,於1 00% B維持4分鐘。 流速設定爲2.5毫升/分鐘恰在API來源之前使用10分 之一分岔。層析術係於3 0 °C進行。 MS條件 試樣溶解於乙腈/水70/ 30 v/v,濃度爲約250 // gr/ml 。API光譜術(+或_)係使用菲尼根(FINNIGAN)(美國加州 聖荷西)LCQ離子捕捉質譜儀進行。APCI來源於45(TC操 作’毛細管加熱器於1 6 0 °C操作。E S I來源係於3 . 5千伏 操作及毛細管加熱器於2 1 (TC操作。 於DIP/EI模式之質譜測量進行如下:試樣係藉5分鐘 將探針由50°C加熱至25(TC而氣化EI(電子衝擊)光譜係 使用菲尼根(美國加州聖荷西)TSq 700銜接四極質譜儀 -46- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ---------------------------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1297682 a7 B7 45 五、發明說明() 記錄。來源溫度設定於150°C。 比旋係記錄於伯京艾瑪(Pe rk i η-E 1 me r )MC24 1或341極 化計。旋轉角度係於25 t於1%甲醇溶液記錄。對某些分 子由於溶解度問題而溶劑係使用二氯甲烷或DMSO。 水含量係使用美充姆(Metro hm)微庫侖計量卡爾費雪 (K a r 1 F i s c h e r )滴定計測定。 製備性層析術分離係於矽膠60莫克(Merck)進行,粒 徑15-40微米’爹考編5虎1.15111.9025,使用場房內修 改糾賓伊凡(J 〇 b i η Y v ο η )型軸向壓縮管柱(內徑8 0毫米) ,流速7 0至1 5 0毫升/分鐘進行。砂膠及溶劑混合物用量 係如個別程序所述。 製備性像合層析分離係於代西爾(DA ICEL )開羅帕克 (Chiralpak)AD 20微米,100*500毫米管柱使用場房內 建儀描1以各種低碳醇與C 5至C 8直鍵、分支或環狀院於土 350毫升/分鐘進行。溶劑混合物係如個別程序所述。 熔點係於布奇(Bifch i ) 5 3 5托妥利(To t ο 1 !)型熔化計測 量,且未經校正或於伯京艾瑪DSC 7藉起點溫度校正。 粉未X光繞射圖樣係於周圍溫度及氣氛,於電腦控制 菲利浦PW 1710配備有PW3710 mpd控制單元使用單一色 層分析儀,Cu Κ α輻射(試管於40千伏,3 5毫安操作)以 及閃爍計數器獲得。資料係於連續掃描模式使用掃描速 度0.02 20/s於4度至50度20角度範圍收集。 實例中使用下列縮寫:The _R spectrum is recorded on the BRUKER AC 2 50 Fourier transform NMR spectrometer in conjunction with the Aspen 3,000 computer and the 5 mm 1H/13C -45- paper scale for the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification ( 210 X 297 mm) -----------Installation--------Settings--------I (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1297682 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 44 V. Invention Description () Dual probe, or Bruker 4〇〇 equipped with SG靛 computer and 5mm reverse geometry 1/1^/1^ triple probe. The compound was applied to DMSO-d6 (or CDCIO solution at a probe temperature of 313 °K and a concentration of 20 mg/ml. The instrument was locked to DMSO-cU (or CDC10氘 signal. The chemical shift was measured as the internal standard of TMS in the distance). The mass spectrometry in LC/MS mode was followed by the following: HPLC condition analysis was performed using the WATERS A 1 1 1 an ce HPLC system with INERTSIL ODS 3, DP 5 micron, 250 x 4.6 mm column. Gradient consists of 100% solvent A (acetonitrile, water TFA (10/90/0.1, v/v/v)) to 100% solvent B (acetonitrile, water, TFA (90) /10/0.1, v/v/v)) Changed within 7 minutes and maintained at 1 000% B for 4 minutes. The flow rate was set to 2.5 ml/min just before the API source using a fraction of a minute. The reaction was carried out at 30 ° C. The MS condition sample was dissolved in acetonitrile / water 70 / 30 v / v at a concentration of about 250 / / gr / ml. API spectroscopy (+ or _) using Finnigan (FINNIGAN) (San Jose, Calif.) LCQ ion trap mass spectrometer. APCI is derived from 45 (TC operation 'capillary heater operating at 160 ° C. ESI source is based on 3.5 kV operation and capillary The heat exchanger is operated at 2 1 (TC operation. The mass spectrometry in DIP/EI mode is as follows: the sample is heated from 50 ° C to 25 by 5 minutes (TC and gasification EI (electron impact) spectrum system uses phenanthrene Nigen (San Jose, Calif.) TSq 700 Connected Quadrupole Mass Spectrometer -46- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ------------- --------------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1297682 a7 B7 45 V. Invention description () Record. The source temperature is set at 150 ° C. It was recorded on a Pekingo Emma (Pe rk i η-E 1 me r ) MC24 1 or 341 polarimeter. The rotation angle was recorded at 25 t in 1% methanol solution. For some molecules, solvent is used due to solubility problems. Dichloromethane or DMSO The water content was determined using a Metro hm microcoulometer Karl Fischer titrator. The preparative chromatography was performed on a silicone 60 gram (Merck). , the particle size of 15-40 micron '爹 编 编 5 tiger 1.15111.9025, use the field to modify the correction of the Ivan (J 〇bi η Y v ο η) type axial compression column (inner diameter of 80 ), A flow rate of 70 to 150 ml / min. The amount of sand and solvent mixture is as described in the individual procedures. Preparative image chromatography was performed on DA ICEL, Chiralpak AD 20 μm, 100*500 mm column using field built-in instrumentation with various low alcohols and C 5 to C 8 Straight key, branch or ring yard is carried out in soil at 350 ml/min. The solvent mixture is as described in the individual procedures. The melting point is measured by a Bifch i 5 3 5 Tot ο 1 ! type melt meter and is uncorrected or corrected by the starting temperature of the Bering Emma DSC 7. The powder is not X-ray diffraction pattern is attached to the ambient temperature and atmosphere. The computer controlled Phillips PW 1710 is equipped with PW3710 mpd control unit using a single color layer analyzer, Cu Κ α radiation (tube at 40 kV, 3 5 mAh) Operation) and the scintillation counter is obtained. Data were collected in continuous scan mode using a scan speed of 0.02 20/s over a range of 4 to 50 degrees. The following abbreviations are used in the examples:

AcOEt 乙酸乙酯 -47- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) IT--------- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印制衣 1297682 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 46 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製AcOEt Ethyl Acetate-47- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) IT--------- Economy Ministry of Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed clothing 1297682 A7 B7 V. Invention Description ( 46 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printing

AcOH BuLi η - BusP CICOOEt 或 DCE DIC DMSO DSC DMF EtsN Et2〇 EtOH FMOC LDA MeCOCl MeCN MeOH MTBE NMP PhMe P r epLC i -Pr2〇 l_Pr〇H TFA 乙酸 正丁基鋰 三-正丁基膦 CIC〇2Et氯甲酸乙酯 1 , 2 -二氯乙烷 二異丙基甲二醯亞胺 二甲亞碉 差異掃描熱量計量術 N,N-二甲基甲醯胺 三乙基胺 乙醚 乙醇 芴基甲氧羰基 二異丙醯胺鋰 乙醯氯 乙腈 甲醇 甲基第三丁基醚 N -甲基吡略啶酮 甲苯 製備性液相層析術 二異丙基醚 異丙醇 三氟乙酸 -48- --------訂·-------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1297682 A7 B7 47 五、發明說明( THF 四氫呋喃 TMOF 原甲酸三甲酯 TMSCI 氯三甲基矽烷 TMSI 碘三甲基矽烷 除非於實例中另行載明,否則化合物係以自由態(非鹽) 形式獲得。 實例1 .藉醛酯之還原胺化反應合成4、取代2_氧基_壯略 啶丁醯胺。 1 · 1 . 3 -取代-4 -氧基-丁酸酯之合成 1 · 1 . 1 .途徑A :藉烯胺類之烷化反應 5,5_二甲基_3_甲醯基-己酸甲酯361之合成可表示爲AcOH BuLi η - BusP CICOOEt or DCE DIC DMSO DSC DMF EtsN Et2〇EtOH FMOC LDA MeCOCl MeCN MeOH MTBE NMP PhMe P r epLC i -Pr2〇l_Pr〇H TFA n-butyl lithium acetate tri-n-butylphosphine CIC〇2Et chlorine Ethyl formate 1, 2 -dichloroethane diisopropylcarbodiimide dimethyl hydrazine differential scanning calorimetry N,N-dimethylformamide triethylamine diethyl ether ethanol thiol methoxycarbonyl Diisopropylamine acetonitrile chloroacetonitrile methanol methyl tert-butyl ether N-methylpyrrolidone toluene preparative liquid chromatography diisopropyl ether isopropanol trifluoroacetic acid-48- -- ------Settings-------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1297682 A7 B7 47 V. Description of the invention (THF tetrahydrofuran TMOF trimethyl orthoformate TMSCI chlorotrimethyl decane TMSI iodine trimethyl decane Unless otherwise stated in the examples, the compounds are obtained in free (non-salt) form. Synthesis of 4 by the reductive amination reaction of aldehyde esters, substituted 2-oxyl _ _ _ _ _ 醯 醯 。 。 。 1 1 1 1 Synthesis of -4 -oxy-butyric acid ester 1 · 1. 1. Route A: alkylation of enamines 5,5-dimethyl_3_methylindolyl-hexanoic acid methyl ester 361 Expressed as

(請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 二異丁基胺,PhMe·110。。(Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Diisobutylamine, PhMe·110. .

BrCH2C02CH3 , PhCH3> CH3CN 18RT,90X, 1 小時然後 H2〇 (30%) 362 361 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 作 社 印 製 於配備有丁史塔克(Dean - S t a rk )裝置之三頸瓶內於氮 下’ 一*異丁基女(4.62毫升得自阿可羅斯(Acros)),4,4_ 二甲基戊醛362 ( 2.5克,0.021莫耳)於甲苯(20毫升)之溶 液於1 3 0 °C加熱2小時及以水萃取。黃色溶液冷卻至室溫 及一次加入溴乙酸甲酯(3 . 7克,0 · 024莫耳)。桃色溶液 於室溫攪拌隔夜及於90°C攪拌1小時。於此溫度加水(1 〇 毫升)及於1小時後溶液冷卻至室溫。有機層以1 N鹽酸、 飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液洗滌,以硫酸鎂脫水,過濾及蒸發 -49- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ^___________ 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1297682 A7 B7 發明說明(48) 獲得油,油於減壓(1毫米汞柱)下蒸餾獲得5,5 _二甲基 -3 -甲醯基-己酸甲酯361呈液體(1.1克,〇.〇5莫耳,Teb (1毫米汞柱):69 - 7 1°C )。然後醛酯用於還原胺化步驟。 另外,使用溴乙酸乙酯之烷化反應可於甲苯-乙腈1 / ! (v / v )作爲溶劑存在下進行。最終所得醛亦係於減壓下蒸 餾。 1.1.2.其它合成途徑 醛酯也可藉下列方法獲得包括 (i )腙藉溴乙酸酯衍生物烷化。例如5 -(苯基)-3 -甲醯 基··戊酸2,2-二甲基-乙酯係經由N-(4-苯基)-亞丙基-N, N-二甲基腙與溴乙酸第三丁酯及LDA反應接著進行烷化腙 之臭氧分解反應獲得。 (1 i )硝基甲烷加成至α,/?-未飽和酯類。3 - ( 3 -溴-苯基)-4 -氧基-丁酸乙酯係經由硝基甲烷於1 . 8 -二氮雜雙 環[5.4.0]十一碳-7-烯存在下加成至3-(3 -溴-苯基)-丙 烯酸乙酯,於尼夫(Nef)條件下氧合硝基衍生物以及藉鹽 酸進行甲基-縮醛之控制水解反應獲得。 (Π ! ) 4 -戊烯酸衍生物之臭氧分解反應。2 -苄基-4 -氧 基-丁酸乙酯係經由使用二異丙基醯胺鋰烷化3 -苯基-丁 酸乙酯以及烯丙基溴接著進行臭氧分解及藉PPh;還原臭 氧化物獲得。 1 . 2 . 3 -取代-4 -氧基-丁酸酯之還原胺化以及環化成爲吡 咯啶-2 -酮 1 . 2 · 1 .還原胺化 -50- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) βϋ I ϋ ϋ ·ϋ ϋ ·ϋ ·ϋ ·ϋ « n I I ϋ ϋ ϋ ϋ .vrJfl n ϋ n n a— ·ϋ ϋ I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1297682 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明( 49 4-{[((lS)-l-胺基羰基)丙基]胺基}丁酸甲酯363之合 成作爲代表。BrCH2C02CH3, PhCH3> CH3CN 18RT, 90X, 1 hour then H2〇 (30%) 362 361 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative printed in a three-necked bottle equipped with a Dean-Sta rk device A solution of 4*4-isobutyl female (4.62 ml from Acros), 4,4-dimethylvaleraldehyde 362 (2.5 g, 0.021 mol) in toluene (20 ml) under nitrogen Heat at 30 ° C for 2 hours and extract with water. The yellow solution was cooled to room temperature and methyl bromoacetate (3.7 g, 0. 024 m) was added in one portion. The peach solution was stirred overnight at room temperature and stirred at 90 ° C for 1 hour. Water (1 毫升 ml) was added at this temperature and the solution was cooled to room temperature after 1 hour. The organic layer is washed with 1 N hydrochloric acid, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, dehydrated with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated -49- The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ^___________ Ministry of Economics Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed 1297682 A7 B7 invention description (48) Obtained oil, oil distilled under reduced pressure (1 mmHg) to obtain 5,5-dimethyl-3-methylmercapto-hexanoic acid methyl ester 361 Liquid (1.1 g, 〇.〇5 mol, Teb (1 mm Hg): 69 - 7 1 °C). The aldehyde ester is then used in the reductive amination step. Further, the alkylation reaction using ethyl bromoacetate can be carried out in the presence of toluene-acetonitrile 1 /! (v / v) as a solvent. The resulting aldehyde was also distilled under reduced pressure. 1.1.2. Other synthetic routes Aldecan esters can also be obtained by the following methods including (i) alkylation with a bromoacetate derivative. For example, 5 -(phenyl)-3-methylindolyl valerate 2,2-dimethyl-ethyl ester via N-(4-phenyl)-propylene-N,N-dimethylhydrazine The reaction with the third butyl bromoacetate and LDA is followed by an ozonolysis reaction of the alkyl arsenide. (1 i ) Nitromethane is added to α,/?-unsaturated esters. 3-(3-Bromo-phenyl)-4-oxy-butyric acid ethyl ester is added via nitromethane in the presence of 1,3-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene To 3-(3-bromo-phenyl)-ethyl acrylate, obtained by oxygenating a nitro derivative under Nef conditions and controlling hydrolysis of methyl-acetal by hydrochloric acid. (Π ! ) Ozonolysis of 4-pentenoic acid derivatives. Ethyl 2-benzyl-4-oxy-butyrate is obtained by alkylation of ethyl 3-phenyl-butyrate with allyl bromide using lithium diisopropylamide, followed by ozonolysis and by PPh; Obtained. Reductive amination of 1,3-substituted 4-ethoxy-butyrate and cyclization to pyrrolidin-2-one 1. 2 · 1 . Reductive amination - 50 - This paper scale applies to Chinese national standards ( CNS)A4 size (210 X 297 mm) βϋ I ϋ ϋ ·ϋ ϋ ·ϋ ·ϋ ·ϋ « n II ϋ ϋ ϋ ϋ .vrJfl n ϋ nna- ·ϋ ϋ I (Please read the notes on the back first) Fill in this page) 1297682 Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention (49 4-{[((lS)-l-Aminocarbonyl)propyl]amino}butyrate methyl ester 363 is synthesized as a representative.

MeOH, 45°C, 0.75h 2. NaBHif 20°C, 4h 1 2(S)-胺基丁醯胺 t-BuMeOH, 45 ° C, 0.75 h 2. NaBHif 20 ° C, 4 h 1 2 (S)-aminobutyric acid t-Bu

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 (30% )總產率 於配備有回流冷凝器之三頸瓶內於氬下,醛36 1 ( 1 . 7 克’ 0.09莫耳),(S)-2-胺基-丁醯胺(1.58克,0.15莫耳 以及分子篩(3埃得自亞力胥(A 1 d I· i ch )於甲醇之懸浮液 於60°C加熱〇 . 5小時。懸浮液冷卻至0°C及分成數份加入 硼氫化鈉(0 . 55克)。於室溫經歷1小時後,反應混合物 以醛稀釋,以水洗滌,以硫酸鎂脫水,過濾及蒸發獲得 黃色油。4-{[(IS )-1-胺基羰基)丙基]胺基}丁酸甲酯363 未經進一步純化即直接用於次一步驟。 另外’還原胺化可於相同條件下使用還原劑例如 NaBlCN或NaBH(0Ac)3(相對於醛酯使用1 .4莫耳當量)進 行。 1 . 2 · 2 · 丁酸(甲基或乙基)酯之環化 兩種(2S)-2-(4 -新戊基-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基)丁醯胺 之立體異構物149及148之合成爲代表 r V(8,LtPrinted by the Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative (30%) The total yield is in a three-necked flask equipped with a reflux condenser under argon, aldehyde 36 1 (1.7 g '0.09 mol), (S)- 2-Amino-butanamine (1.58 g, 0.15 mol and molecular sieve (3 angstroms from a hydrazine (A 1 d I· i ch ) in methanol suspension heated at 60 ° C. 5 hours. Suspension The liquid was cooled to 0 ° C and sodium borohydride (0.55 g) was added in portions. After 1 hour at room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with aldehyde, washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to give yellow oil. 4-{[(IS)-1-Aminocarbonyl)propyl]amino}butyric acid methyl ester 363 was used in the next step without further purification. Further 'reductive amination can be reduced under the same conditions. An agent such as NaBlCN or NaBH(0Ac)3 (1.4 moles equivalent to aldehyde ester) is used. 1. 2 · 2 · cyclization of butyric acid (methyl or ethyl) esters (2S)-2 -(4-Pentyl-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl)butanamine is synthesized as stereoisomers 149 and 148 to represent r V(8, Lt

-51- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------------------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1297682 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明() 於配備有回流冷凝器之三頸瓶內,於氬下,油狀物363 於羥苯并三唑(2 . 05克,得自亞力胥)存在下溶解於甲苯 及1 , 2-二氯乙烷(各25毫升)之1 /1混合物,溶液於9〇t: 加熱2小時及冷卻至室溫。有機相連續以飽和碳酸氫鈉 水溶液、水洗滌,以硫酸鎂脫水,過濾及蒸發獲得褐色 固體(1 · 8克),其係於砂膠藉管柱層析術純化(洗提劑: (^2〇12/^^〇[1 95 /05 卜^))獲得(23)-2-(4-新戊基-2-氧 基-1 -吡咯啶基)丁醯胺(0 · 89克,0.0036莫耳)呈非對映 異構物之1 /1混合物。兩種異構物之分開係藉由於像合 靜相層析術(乙醇**己烷1 /1 ( V / V ))以及於甲苯再結晶後 獲得兩種立體異構物(分別爲0.35克及0.37克)。立體化 學性質述於表。另外,胺基酯之環化可使用羥-苯并三唑 以外之作用劑例如乙酸(作爲溶劑)或2 -羥-吡啶(1當量) 進行。當乙酸用作爲環化溶劑時,反應混合物係於真空 蒸發至乾,以二氯甲烷稀釋及如前述後續處理。 1.2.3. 其它環化反應 另外,環化可藉(1)酯之酸或鹼水解以及(Π)活化酯 於肽合成所述尋常條件下環化而以二步驟進行。 1.3. 吡咯啶酮類之固相合成 1 . 3 . 1 FMOC保護胺基酸附接於鈴克醯胺樹脂。 NHFmoc-51- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ------------------- Order -------- - (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1297682 Α7 Β7 V. INSTRUCTIONS () In a three-necked flask equipped with a reflux condenser, under argon, oil 363 is hydroxybenzotriazole ( 2 . 05 g, obtained from the mixture of toluene and 1,2-dichloroethane (25 ml each) in the presence of hydrazine, solution at 9 〇t: heating for 2 hours and cooling to room temperature . The organic phase was washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to give a brown solid (1·8 g), which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: (^ 2〇12/^^〇[1 95 /05 卜^)) Obtained (23)-2-(4-neopentyl-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl)butanamine (0 · 89 g, 0.0036 moles is a 1:1 mixture of diastereomers. The separation of the two isomers was obtained by solid phase chromatography (ethanol hexane 1 / 1 (V / V)) and two stereoisomers after recrystallization from toluene (0.35 g, respectively). And 0.37 g). The three-dimensional chemical properties are described in the table. Further, the cyclization of the amino ester can be carried out using an agent other than hydroxy-benzotriazole such as acetic acid (as a solvent) or 2-hydroxy-pyridine (1 equivalent). When acetic acid was used as the cyclization solvent, the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness in vacuo, diluted with dichloromethane and subsequently worked up. 1.2.3. Other cyclization reactions Alternatively, the cyclization can be carried out in two steps by (1) acid or base hydrolysis of the ester and (Π) activation of the ester under cyclization under normal conditions of peptide synthesis. 1.3. Solid phase synthesis of pyrrolidone 1.3.1 FMOC protected amino acid is attached to butyl amide resin. NHFmoc

DIC , DMF :鈴克樹脂 -52- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ------------衣 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂— .0 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1297682 A7 B7 五、發明說明(51) 4克鈴克醯胺樹脂(0.51毫當量/克,1 00- 200篩目)置於 玻璃容器及於20% v/v六氫吡啶/DMF( 40毫升攪拌30分鐘 。樹脂經排乾,整個脫去保護重複進行◦樹脂經過濾, 洗滌(6x DMF)及脫水。樹脂懸浮於DMF(40毫升)及使用 1^?111〇(:-2-胺基丁酸(3.02克,9.28毫莫耳)處理,接著 使用1,3-二環己基甲二醯亞胺(1.4克,11.13毫莫耳)於 DMF(20毫升)之溶液處理。反應於室溫攪拌1小時然後過 濾,洗滌(DMF)及重複偶合處理。樹脂經過濾,洗滌(6x DMF,6x CH2CI2),脫水以及就此用於其次各步驟。 1.3.2.藉添加5-羥-4-丙基-呋喃-2-酮進行還原胺化及 環化反應 -----------衣 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)DIC , DMF : 铃克树脂-52- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ------------ Clothes (please read the back note first) Fill in this page) Order — .0 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1297682 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (51) 4 grams of ketamine resin (0.51 meq/g, 1 00-200 mesh) Place in a glass container and stir in 20% v/v hexahydropyridine/DMF (40 ml for 30 minutes. The resin is drained and the entire deprotection is repeated. The resin is filtered, washed (6x DMF) and dehydrated. The resin is suspended in DMF (40 ml) and treatment with 1^?111?(:-2-aminobutyric acid (3.02 g, 9.28 mmol) followed by 1,3-dicyclohexylmethyleneimine (1.4 g, 11.13 mmol) solution in DMF (20 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour then filtered, washed (DMF) and re-coupled. The resin was filtered, washed (6x DMF, 6x CH2CI2), dehydrated and dried Used in the next steps. 1.3.2. Reductive amination and cyclization by adding 5-hydroxy-4-propyl-furan-2-one-----------(Please read first Note to fill out the back of this page)

1T---------· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 100毫克N-Fmoc-2-胺基丁醯胺樹脂(0.051毫莫耳)容 納於磨砂聚丙烯注射器。Fmoc基的去除係使用20%六氫吡 啶於DMF達成。胺基樹脂內加入5 -羥-4 -丙基-呋喃-2 -酮 ( 36.72毫克’ 0.25毫莫耳)於DCE(2毫升)。然後樹脂使用 乙酸(15微升)及三乙醯氧硼氫化鈉(54毫克,0.25毫莫耳) 處理。反應於室溫攪拌1 8小時然後過濾,以下列溶劑順序 洗滌:H2〇/DMF(l : 1),DMF,CH2Cl2,MeOH 及脫水。樹脂藉渦 旋攪拌懸浮於三氟乙酸/二氯甲烷混合物(1 / 1 )經歷4小 -53- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1297682 A7 B7 ^ , 52、 五、發明說明() 時,然後過濾,洗滌(二氯甲烷X 2 )。濾液經濃縮, 殘餘物溶解於二氯甲烷(2毫升)及再濃縮一次。所需化 合物藉LC-MS(微質量吉爾森(Micromass Gilson),LCZ平 台,RP-18管柱,梯度洗提,CH3CN/H2O/TFA 1%)純化。 1 . 3 . 3 .藉添加目全醋進行還原胺化以及環化。1T---------· Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 100 mg of N-Fmoc-2-aminobutyric acid (0.051 mmol) is contained in a frosted polypropylene syringe. Removal of the Fmoc group was achieved using 20% hexahydropyridine in DMF. To the amine resin was added 5-hydroxy-4-propyl-furan-2-one (36.72 mg '0.25 mmol) in DCE (2 mL). The resin was then treated with acetic acid (15 [mu]L) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (54 mg, 0.25 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and then filtered and washed sequentially with H2 EtOAc / DMF (1:1), DMF, CH2Cl2, MeOH and dehydrated. Resin by vortex stirring suspension in trifluoroacetic acid / dichloromethane mixture (1 / 1) experienced 4 small -53- This paper scale applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau The employee consumption cooperative printed 1297682 A7 B7 ^, 52, V, invention instructions (), then filtered and washed (dichloromethane X 2 ). The filtrate was concentrated and the residue dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL). The desired compound was purified by LC-MS (Micromass Gilson, LCZ platform, RP-18 column, gradient elution, CH3CN/H2O/TFA 1%). 1 . 3 . 3 . Reductive amination and cyclization by adding whole vinegar.

150毫克N-Fmoc-2-胺基丁醯胺樹脂(0.087毫莫耳)容納 於磨砂聚丙烯注射器。Fmoc基的去除係使用20%六氫壯 啶於DMF達成。胺基酯內加入醛(〇 · 5毫莫耳)於TM0F( 2毫 升)。反應於室溫攪拌1 8小時然後過濾及洗滌(二氯甲烷) 。樹脂使用二氯甲烷溶脹,然後以三乙醯氧硼氫化鈉(22 毫克’ 0 · 1 04毫莫耳)處理。反應又於室溫攪動1 8小時。 然後樹脂以下列溶劑循序洗滌:H2〇x 6,MeOHx 6,CH2C12 x 6及脫水。樹脂懸浮於三氟乙酸/水混合物(9 5 / S )經歷 1小時伴以軌道式攪動,然後過濾,洗滌(二氯甲烷x 2 ) 。濾液經濃縮’殘餘物溶解於二氯甲院(2毫升)及再次濃 縮。所需化合物係藉LC-MS微質量吉爾森,LCZ平台,RP-18管柱,梯度洗提,CH3CN/H2〇/TFA 1%)純化。 實例2. 4-取代2-氧基吡咯啶丁醯胺類藉4-取代內酯類 之開環反應合成。 -54- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21G X 297公髮) "' -----------裝--------訂--------I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1297682 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 53五、發明說明() 2 . 1 .內酯之合成 2 . 1 . 1 .途徑A :經由2,3 -呋喃酮之烷化 4 -正丁基-丁內酯365之合成作爲代表: 364 1. fvBu2CuLi (1.5 當量),TMSC丨(2 當量) Et20, -78°C至 20°C, 3 h 2. NH4CI 4 (74%) n-Bu150 mg of N-Fmoc-2-aminobutyric acidamine resin (0.087 mmol) was contained in a frosted polypropylene syringe. Removal of the Fmoc group was achieved using 20% hexahydrodrolidine in DMF. An aldehyde (〇 · 5 mmol) was added to the amine ester in TM0F (2 ml). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours then filtered and washed (dichloromethane). The resin was swollen with dichloromethane and then treated with sodium trisodium borohydride (22 mg ' 0 · 104 mmol). The reaction was again stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The resin was then washed sequentially with the following solvents: H 2 〇 x 6, MeOH x 6, CH 2 C 12 x 6 and dehydrated. The resin was suspended in a trifluoroacetic acid/water mixture (9 5 /s) for 1 hour with orbital agitation, then filtered and washed (dichloromethane x 2 ). The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL) and concentrated again. The desired compound was purified by LC-MS micromass Gilson, LCZ platform, RP-18 column, gradient elution, CH3CN/H2 〇/TFA 1%). Example 2. 4-Substituted 2-oxypyrrolidinobutamines were synthesized by ring-opening reaction of 4-substituted lactones. -54- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21G X 297 public hair) "' -----------Install--------Set---- ----I (Please read the note on the back and then fill out this page) 1297682 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printing 53. Invention description () 2. The synthesis of lactone 2. 1 . 1. Route A: Synthesis of alkylated 4-n-butyl-butyrolactone 365 via 2,3-furanone as representative: 364 1. fvBu2CuLi (1.5 equivalents), TMSC丨 (2 equivalents) Et20, -78° C to 20 ° C, 3 h 2. NH4CI 4 (74%) n-Bu

0 365 於三頸瓶內於氬下,正丁基鋰(1 . 6M於己烷類,75毫 升,0 · 12莫耳)添加至Cul ( 1 1 . 42克,0.06莫耳)於無水 THF(80毫升)冷卻至-30°C之懸浮液。0· 5小時後,溶、液 冷卻至- 78°C,逐滴加入TMSC1(4.75克,0.04莫耳)接著 加入2,3-咲喃醒364(得自亞力胥’ 3.36克’ 〇·〇4莫耳溶 解於無水THF。任懸浮液溫熱至室溫及使用飽和氯化纟安水 解。水層以乙酸乙酯萃取(3次),以水洗滌,以硫酸鎂月兌 水及蒸發至乾。粗內酯藉蒸餾(1毫米汞柱;73 - 80°C ),純 化獲得2.7克4-正丁基-丁內酯365。 另外,銅酸反應劑可藉有機鎂置換有機鋰製備,有f幾 鎂可經由烷基鹵化物與鎂璇屑於此種轉化反應之尋常條 件下反應獲得。THF可以乙醚替代(一般資訊請參考: Lipshutz,B.H.;Sengupta,S.有機反應 1991,41,135)。 2 . 1 . 2 .其它途徑 另外內酯也可經由下列途徑獲得 Π) 丁二酸酯之還原◦ 4-(環丙基)甲基-丁內酯係藉帶 有二異丙基醯胺鋰之環丙基甲基溴進行一甲基丁二酸酯 -55- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) · — I----訂·------- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1297682 A7 B7 54 五、發明說明() 之烷化,接著藉NaBH4及CaCh還原2-(環丙基)甲基-丁 二酸1 -甲酯獲得。 (i i ) 丁二酸1 -烷酯4 -烷基硫酯之還原。4 -烯丙基-丁 內酯係得自乙基4 -戊烯酸硫酯(係由4 -戊烯酸以及乙硫醇 於二環己基甲胺醛亞胺存在下合成)。乙基4 -戊烯酸硫酯 藉溴乙酸乙酯帶有二異丙基醯胺鋰烷化獲得2 -烯丙基-丁 二酸1-甲酯4-乙基硫酯,然後經由依序與UBH4以及硫 酸反應而轉變爲4 -烯丙基-丁內酯。 2 . 2 .吡咯啶酮之合成 2.2 . 1 .經由丁醯胺之醯化/烷化 (2S )-2-(4-烯丙基-2-氧基-1-吡略啶基)丁醯胺228及 224之兩種異構物之合成爲代表: (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)0 365 in a three-necked flask under argon, n-butyllithium (1.6 M in hexanes, 75 ml, 0 · 12 mol) was added to Cul (1 1.42 g, 0.06 mol) in anhydrous THF (80 ml) a suspension cooled to -30 °C. After 5 hours, the solution and liquid were cooled to -78 ° C, TMSC1 (4.75 g, 0.04 mol) was added dropwise, followed by 2,3-咲 awake 364 (from Yali 胥 ' 3.36 g ' 〇· 〇4 molar dissolved in anhydrous THF. The suspension was warmed to room temperature and hydrolyzed with saturated chlorin. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 times), washed with water, and then evaporated and evaporated. The crude lactone is purified by distillation (1 mmHg; 73-80 ° C) to obtain 2.7 g of 4-n-butyl-butyrolactone 365. In addition, the copper acid reagent can be prepared by replacing organic lithium with organomagnesium. , a few magnesium can be obtained by reacting an alkyl halide with magnesium swarf under the usual conditions of such a conversion reaction. THF can be replaced by diethyl ether (for general information, please refer to: Lipshutz, BH; Sengupta, S. Organic Reaction 1991, 41 , 135). 2 . 1 . 2 . Other routes Other lactones can also be obtained via the following route: Reduction of succinates ◦ 4-(cyclopropyl)methyl-butyrolactone by diisopropyl Lithium propyl methyl bromide of lithium decylamine is monomethyl succinate-55- (please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) · — I----订·- ------ This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1297682 A7 B7 54 V. Description of the invention (), followed by NaBH4 and CaCh reduction 2-(cyclopropyl) Methyl-succinic acid 1-methyl ester obtained. (i i ) Reduction of 1-alkyl succinate 4-alkyl thioester. 4-Allyl-butyrolactone is obtained from ethyl 4-pentenoic acid thiolate (synthesized from 4-pentenoic acid and ethanethiol in the presence of dicyclohexylmethylamine aldehyde imine). Ethyl 4-pentenoic acid thioester is alkylated with ethyl bromoacetate with lithium diisopropyl decylamine to obtain 2-ethyl thioester of 2-allyl-succinic acid 1-methyl thiolate, followed by sequential It is converted to 4-allyl-butyrolactone by reaction with UBH4 and sulfuric acid. 2 . 2. Synthesis of pyrrolidone 2. 1 . Deuteration / alkylation of (2S )-2-(4-allyl-2-oxy-1-pyridyl)butane via butaline The synthesis of two isomers of amines 228 and 224 is representative: (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page)

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -步驟1 :內酯的打開 於三頸瓶內於氬下,TMS 1(51毫升,亞力胥)添加至粗 4-烯丙基-丁內酯366(參考程序§ 2.1.3.,22.9克,0.181 莫耳)冷卻至0°C之溶液。溶液於室溫攪拌2小時及以1 N鹽 酸( 300毫升)水解。水層以二氯甲烷萃取,合倂有機相 以鹽水洗滌,以硫酸鎂脫水及真空濃縮獲得粗3 -(碘)甲 基-5-己烯酸 367 ( 44.5 克)。屮 NMR( 250MHz,CDCl〇 : 1 .80- 2.05(m,2H) ,2.20(t,2H),2.40- 2.60(t,2H),5. 10- -56- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1297682 五、發明説明(55) 5·20(m,2H),5·15-5 · 80(m,1H)。 -步驟2 :碘酸之氯化 於配備有回流冷凝器之三頸瓶內於氬下,亞磺醯氯 (25.5毫升)及粗碘酸367( 44.5克,0.175莫耳)於苯(90 毫升)之溶液於室溫攬拌24小時。真空蒸發去除溶劑獲 得粗3-(碘)甲基-5-己烯醯氯368(47克),其未經進一步 純化即用於次一步驟。1H NMR( 250MHz,CDCl3):1.9〇_ 2.05(m,2H),2· 15(t,2Η),2·90-3.10(m,2H),3.25(dd, lH),3.35(dd , lH),5.10-5.20(m,2H),5.15-5.80(m,lH)。 -步驟3 :使用5 - 2 -胺基-丁醯胺之醛化-烷化 於三頸瓶於氬下,粗醯氯368(47克,0.172莫耳)於二 氯甲烷(300毫升)逐滴添加至分子篩(29克)、粉狀氫氧 化鉀(22 . 3克)、無水硫酸鈉(28 . 8克),溴化4 -正丁基 銨(2.8克,0.0086莫耳)及S-2-胺基丁醯胺([α ]2%二 + 19.35度;26.3克,0.26莫耳)於二氯甲烷( 470毫升)藉 機械攪拌且冷卻至〇°C之懸浮液。溶液於-51攪拌5小時 ’加入粉狀氫氧化鉀(6 . 2克)及於-51持續攪拌3小時。 反應混合物於海浮羅西爾(hy f 1 〇ce 1 )過濾及溶劑經真空 蒸發。粗反應混合物依次於矽膠層析(乙酸乙酯/異丙醇 :97 / 03 ( v / v )及於像合靜相製備性層析(己烷/乙醇)純化 獲得(2S ) - 2 - ( 4 -烯丙基-2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶基)丁醯胺之 兩種異構物(分別爲6.0克( 228 )及5.48克( 224 ); 16%及 15%)。 於像合層析術後也分離兩種小量雜質,亦即(2 S ) - 2 - -57- 1297682 A7 B7 56五、發明說明() [4_( 2-碘丙基-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基)丁醯胺225 ( 0.22克) 及226 ( 0.27克)之兩種立體異構物,於再結晶後呈白色 固體。 2.2.2.經由丁醯胺之烷化/醯化 (2S ) - 2 - ( 5 -壬基-2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶基)丁醯胺之兩種 異構物之合成爲代表: 步驟1 :內酯之打開 r -壬內酯(0.32毫升,2毫莫耳)於亞磺醯氯(164微升 ,2.25毫莫耳)之溶液內於室溫加入氯化鋅(12毫克, 0.088毫莫耳)及混合物攪拌24小時。加入過量甲醇,反 應混合物攪拌1 0分鐘然後於減壓下濃縮獲得4 -氯-壬酸甲 酯,供就此使用。 1. SOCI2, ZnCI2 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製Printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Consumer Cooperatives - Step 1: The lactone is opened in a three-necked flask under argon, and TMS 1 (51 ml, ylide) is added to the crude 4-allyl-butyrolactone 366. (Refer to Procedure § 2.1.3., 22.9 g, 0.181 mol) Cool the solution to 0 °C. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and hydrolyzed with 1 N hydrochloric acid (300 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with methylene chloride. EtOAc (EtOAc m.)屮NMR (250MHz, CDCl〇: 1.80-2.05(m, 2H), 2.20(t, 2H), 2.40- 2.60(t, 2H), 5. 10-56- This paper scale applies to Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) 1297682 V. Description of invention (55) 5·20 (m, 2H), 5·15-5 · 80 (m, 1H) - Step 2: Chlorination of iodic acid In a three-necked flask equipped with a reflux condenser, sulfinium chloride (25.5 ml) and crude iodic acid 367 (44.5 g, 0.175 mol) in benzene (90 ml) were stirred at room temperature under argon. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo to give EtOAcqqqqqqqqqqqqqQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQQ _ 2.05(m,2H),2·15(t,2Η),2·90-3.10(m,2H), 3.25(dd, lH), 3.35(dd, lH), 5.10-5.20(m,2H) , 5.15-5.80 (m, lH) - Step 3: Aldehyde-alkylation using 5 - 2 -amino-butylimine in a three-necked flask under argon, crude chlorobenzene 368 (47 g, 0.172 mol) Dichloromethane (300 ml) was added dropwise to molecular sieves (29 g), powdered potassium hydroxide (22.3 g), anhydrous sodium sulfate (28. 8 g), 4-bromobutyl bromide (2.8 g, 0.0086 mol) and S-2-aminobutylide ([α] 2% di + 19.35 °; 26.3 g, 0.26 mol) in dichloromethane (470 ml) by mechanical stirring and cooling to The suspension of 〇 ° C. The solution was stirred at -51 for 5 hours', added powdered potassium hydroxide (6.2 g) and stirred continuously for -3 hours at -51. The reaction mixture was in the sea float Rosier (hy f 1 〇ce 1) Filtration and evaporation of the solvent in vacuo. The crude reaction mixture was purified by chromatography (ethyl acetate / isopropyl alcohol: 97 / 03 ( v / v) and preparative chromatography (hexane / ethanol) Purification afforded two isomers of (2S)-2-(4-allyl-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl)butanamine (6.0 g (228) and 5.48 g (224), respectively; 16% and 15%). Two small impurities were also separated after image chromatography, ie (2 S ) - 2 - -57- 1297682 A7 B7 56 V. Description of invention () [4_( 2-iodine Two stereoisomers of propyl-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl)butanamine 225 (0.22 g) and 226 (0.27 g) were white solid after recrystallization. 2.2.2. Synthesis of two isomers via alkylation of butaamine (2S) - 2 - (5-fluorenyl-2-ethoxy-1 -pyrrolidinyl)butanamine : Step 1: Open lactone by adding r-decalactone (0.32 ml, 2 mmol) to sulfinium chloride (164 μl, 2.25 mmol) at room temperature with zinc chloride (12 mg) , 0.088 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 24 hours. Excess methanol was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 10 minutes and then concentrated under reduced pressure to give &lt 1. SOCI2, ZnCI2 (please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

步驟2 :烷化 於4 -氯-壬酸甲酯(2毫莫耳)於DMF (2毫升)之溶液內依 序加入2-胺基丁醯胺(1克,10毫莫耳),300毫克碘化鈉 (2毫莫耳)及276毫克碳酸鉀(2毫莫耳)。混合物於6(TC攪 拌隔夜。固體經過濾,藉二氯甲烷洗滌(2x 2毫升)。濾 液於減壓下濃縮獲得酯衍生物,其就此用於環化反應。 .ΜθΟΗStep 2: alkylation of 2-aminobutylinamine (1 g, 10 mmol) in a solution of methyl 4-chloro-decanoate (2 mmol) in DMF (2 mL), 300 Mg sodium iodide (2 mmol) and 276 mg potassium carbonate (2 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at EtOAc (EtOAc) eluted eluted eluted eluted eluted eluted

K2C03, Nal, DMFK2C03, Nal, DMF

•58_ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1297682 A7 B7 57 五、發明說明() 步驟3 :環化:參考§ 1 · 2 · 2 .及§ 1 . 2 . 3 .之條件。 2 . 3 .酮基-吡咯啶-2 -酮之合成 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) (2S)-2-[2-氧基- 4- (2-氧基丙基卜1_吡咯啶基]丁醯 胺230之合成爲代表:• 58_ This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1297682 A7 B7 57 V. Description of invention () Step 3: Cyclization: Refer to § 1 · 2 · 2 . and § 1. 2 3. The conditions. 2. 3. Synthesis of keto-pyrrolidin-2-one (please read the note on the back and fill out this page) (2S)-2-[2-oxy- 4- (2-oxypropyl) The synthesis of 1_pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 230 is representative:

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 於三頸瓶,氧氣通過PdC 12(0.68克,0.0039莫耳), CuCl2(1.68克’ 0.0098旲耳)於N -甲基-2-口比略D定酮(NMP ,40毫升)之溶液,其逐滴加入(2S )-2-[2-氧基-4-(2-氧 基丙基)-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺224(4.13克,0.020莫耳) 於NMP(40毫升)之溶液(添加時間:1 . 2小時)。溶液於通 氣下攪拌0.75小時,經西萊特(cente)過濾及真空(1毫 米汞柱)蒸發。粗酮於矽膠層析術純化(二氯甲烷/甲基_ 第三丁基醚/異丙醇9/0.9/0·1(ν/ν))獲得(2S)-2-[2-氧 基-4- (2-氧基丙基)-1 -吡略啶基]丁醯胺230,於乙酸乙 酯再結晶後呈白色固體。 2.4.酮230之衍生 2.4.1.醇之合成 (2S)-2-[(4S)-4-(2-羥丙基)-2-氧基吡咯啶基]丁醯 胺2 3 3之合成爲代表·· -59- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1297682 A7 B7 58 五、發明說明()Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed in three-necked bottles, oxygen through PdC 12 (0.68 g, 0.0039 mol), CuCl2 (1.68 g ' 0.0098 旲 ear) in N-methyl-2-port ratio D a solution of ketone (NMP, 40 mL) which was added dropwise (2S)-2-[2-oxy-4-(2-oxypropyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 224 (4.13 g) , 0.020 mol) in NMP (40 ml) solution (addition time: 1.2 hours). The solution was stirred under a venting time for 0.75 hours, filtered over Celite and evaporated in vacuo (1 mmH). The crude ketone was purified by silica gel chromatography (dichloromethane/methyl_t-butyl ether/isopropanol 9/0.9/0·1 (ν/ν)) to obtain (2S)-2-[2-oxyl 4-(2-Ethoxypropyl)-1 -pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 230 was obtained as a white solid after recrystallization from ethyl acetate. 2.4. Derivatization of ketone 230 2.4.1. Synthesis of alcohol (2S) Synthesis of 2-[(4S)-4-(2-hydroxypropyl)-2-oxypyrrolidinyl]butanamine 2 3 3 For the representative ··-59- This paper scale applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1297682 A7 B7 58 V. Invention description ()

233 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -步驟1 :還原 於三頸瓶內於氬下,NaBH4分成數份添加至230( 9克, 0.012莫耳)於乙醇(14〇毫升)冷卻於-5°C之溶液。溶液 於此溫度攪拌4小時,以飽和氯化銨淬熄及蒸發至乾。 固體溶解於甲醇/二氯甲烷,過濾及真空濃縮。殘餘物於 矽膠層析純化(甲醇/二氯甲烷:90/1 0(ν/ν))獲得醇369之 差向混合物(2 . 2克,79% )呈油。粗混合物於次一步驟直 接乙醯化。1H NMR( 400MHz,(CD3)2SO):0.70(t,3H),1.05 (d,3H), 1.30-1.45(m,lH),1.70-1.80(m,lH),1.80-2·〇5 (m, 1H),2. 20-2 · 40(m,2H,與溶劑部分重疊),3 . 00-3 . 2〇 (m,lH),3. 30 - 3.3 5 ( m,2H,與溶劑部分重疊),3.50-3.65 (m,lH),4.30(〇1,111),4.45(111,1[1),7.10(5(寬),^),7.20 (s(寬)1H)。 -步驟2 :乙醯化 於三頸瓶內於氬下,乙醯氯(0.91克,0.011莫耳)於 室溫添加至4-N,N -二甲基胺基吡啶(0.11克,0.001莫耳) ,吡啶(0.86毫升)及醇於二氯甲烷(90毫升)之溶液。溶 -60- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂---------ΜΨ. 1297682233 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed - Step 1: Restore to a three-necked flask under argon, add NaBH4 in several portions to 230 (9 g, 0.012 mol) in ethanol (14 ml) and cool in - 5 ° C solution. The solution was stirred at this temperature for 4 hours, quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride and evaporated to dryness. The solid was dissolved in methanol / dichloromethane, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (methanol / methylene chloride: 90/1 0 (v/v)) to afford the mixture of alcohol 369 (2.2 g, 79%) as oil. The crude mixture was directly acetabulized in the next step. 1H NMR (400MHz, (CD3)2SO): 0.70 (t, 3H), 1.05 (d, 3H), 1.30-1.45 (m, lH), 1.70-1.80 (m, lH), 1.80-2·〇5 ( m, 1H), 2. 20-2 · 40 (m, 2H, partially overlapping with the solvent), 3. 00-3 . 2 〇 (m, lH), 3. 30 - 3.3 5 (m, 2H, with solvent Partially overlapping), 3.50-3.65 (m, lH), 4.30 (〇1, 111), 4.45 (111, 1 [1), 7.10 (5 (wide), ^), 7.20 (s (width) 1H). - Step 2: Acetate in a three-necked flask under argon, and add acetonitrile (0.91 g, 0.011 mol) to 4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (0.11 g, 0.001 Mo) at room temperature. A solution of pyridine (0.86 ml) and alcohol in dichloromethane (90 ml). Dissolved -60- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Order ---------ΜΨ. 1297682

五 '發明説明(59 ) 液攪拌5小時,以飽和氯化銨淬熄,及水層以二氯甲烷萃 取(3次)’以硫酸鎂脫水及真空濃縮獲得粗製乙酸鹽,其 於像合相藉管柱層析術純化(己烷/乙醇)獲得兩種差向異 構物乙酸酯370及371 (分別爲1.143克及1.17克)。於像 合層析前於370及371之1/1混合物:屮NMR( 400MHz, CD3SOCD3) :0.90( t ^ 3H) , 1 . 21 - 1 . 28(m ,4H),1.51 - 1 . 82 (m,4H),1.89-1.98(m,lH),1.80-2.05(m,lH),2.04 (s,3H),2.16(dd,1H),2.38(m,1H),2.62(dd,lH),3.11 (dd,1H) ; 3 . 49(dd,1H),4.39-4·49(m,1H),4'89-4 · 99 (m,lH),5.43(s(寬),lH),6.24(s (寬),1H)。 -步驟3 :去乙醯化 於三頸瓶於氬下,乙酸酯37 1之單一對映異構物(1 . 1 1 克,0.0042莫耳)及碳酸鉀於乙醇之懸浮液於〇°c攪拌20 小時,蒸發至乾及粗醇於矽膠藉層析術純化(甲醇/二氯 甲烷:85/15( v/v))獲得(2S )-2-[(4S)-4-( 2-經丙基)-2- 氧基吡咯啶基]丁醯胺23 3(0.67克,72%) ’於乙腈再結晶 後呈白色固體。 2.4.2. 230之氟化 酮230之氟化用於合成2-[(4S)-4-(2,2-二氯丙基)_2 氧基吡咯啶基]丁醯胺265。5 'Inventive Description (59) The liquid was stirred for 5 hours, quenched with saturated ammonium chloride, and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (3 times). Dehydrated with magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to give crude acetate. Purification by column chromatography (hexane/ethanol) gave the two epimers, s. 370 and 371 (1.143 g and 1.17 g, respectively). 1/1 mixture at 370 and 371 before image chromatography: 屮NMR (400MHz, CD3SOCD3): 0.90 (t ^ 3H), 1. 21 - 1. 28 (m , 4H), 1.51 - 1. 82 ( m, 4H), 1.89-1.98 (m, lH), 1.80-2.05 (m, lH), 2.04 (s, 3H), 2.16 (dd, 1H), 2.38 (m, 1H), 2.62 (dd, lH) , 3.11 (dd, 1H); 3 . 49 (dd, 1H), 4.39-4·49 (m, 1H), 4'89-4 · 99 (m, lH), 5.43 (s (width), lH) , 6.24 (s (wide), 1H). - Step 3: Deacetylation in a three-necked flask under argon, a single enantiomer of acetate 37 1 (1.1 g, 0.0042 mol) and a suspension of potassium carbonate in ethanol. c Stir for 20 hours, evaporate to dryness and crude alcohol in EtOAc (methanol / methylene chloride: 85/15 (v/v)) to obtain (2S)-2-[(4S)-4-(2) -Phenyl)-2-oxypyrrolidinyl]butanamine 23 3 (0.67 g, 72%) - as a white solid after recrystallization from acetonitrile. 2.4.2. Fluorination of 230 The fluorination of ketone 230 was used to synthesize 2-[(4S)-4-(2,2-dichloropropyl)_2 oxypyrrolidinyl]butanamine 265.

-61- 1297682 A7 B7 五、發明說明(°) -步驟1 :氟化 於鐵氟龍瓶內於氬下(MeOCH2CH2)NSF3(1.86克,0.009 莫耳)分成數份添加至230(0.389克,0.0017莫耳)於二氯 甲烷之溶液及於8 0 °C加熱4小時。溶液於此溫度攪拌4小 時,以碳酸鈉淬熄,以二氯甲烷萃取,以1 N鹽酸洗滌, 以硫酸鎂脫水,過濾及真空濃縮獲得第三胺372( 1 .2克) LC/MS : 3 65 (MH+)。粗混合物直接用於次一步驟。 -步驟2 :水解及氨解。 於三頸瓶內於氬下,粗372( 0.28克)於6N鹽酸之溶液 於60°C加熱22小時,冷卻至室溫,水溶液蒸發至乾。固 體於乙腈硏製,過濾及真空脫水獲得酸(1 . 2克)呈白色固 體。 粗混合物如§ 6 · 3 · 1 .(步驟2 )所述於標準條件下醯胺 化獲得(23)及(21〇-2-[(43)-4-(2,2-二氟丙基)-2-氧基 吡咯啶基]丁醯胺之混合物(分別爲87%及13%)。 2.5. (2S)-2-(2-氧基-4-丙基-1-吡咯啶基)丁醯胺158及 1 59之合成 ---------------------訂 i (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) .i. 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製-61- 1297682 A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (°) - Step 1: Fluorine in a Teflon bottle under argon (MeOCH2CH2) NSF3 (1.86 g, 0.009 mol) was added in portions to 230 (0.389 g, 0.0017 mol) in dichloromethane and heated at 80 ° C for 4 hours. The solution was stirred at this temperature for 4 hours, quenched with sodium carbonate, extracted with dichloromethane, washed with EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc. 3 65 (MH+). The crude mixture was used directly in the next step. - Step 2: Hydrolysis and aminolysis. A solution of crude 372 (0.28 g) in 6N hydrochloric acid was heated at 60 ° C for 22 hours in a three-necked flask, cooled to room temperature, and evaporated to dryness. The solid was tritonated in acetonitrile, filtered and dried in vacuo to give acid (1.2 g) as a white solid. The crude mixture is amided under standard conditions as described in § 6 · 3 · 1 (Step 2) to obtain (23) and (21〇-2-[(43)-4-(2,2-difluoropropyl) a mixture of -2-oxypyrrolidinyl]butanamine (87% and 13%, respectively). 2.5. (2S)-2-(2-oxy-4-propyl-1-pyrrolidinyl) Synthesis of butylamine 158 and 1 59--------------------- Order i (please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) .i. Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printing

-62- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 χ 297公釐) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 Ϊ297682 A7 五、發明說明(61) 2 · 5 . 1 ·步驟1 :還原胺化 於三頸瓶內於氬下,4-正丙基-羥呋喃酮3 73 ( 3 5.5克, 0.25莫耳由Bourguignon JJ等人;醫藥化學期刊,1988 ’ 31,89 3 - 897合成)於18T:添加至S-2胺基丁醯胺(28. 1 克’ 0.275莫耳)於PhMe( 3 5 5毫升)之溶液。溶液於此溫 度攪拌0 · 5小時及出現沉澱。反應混合物攪拌2小時及4N 氫氧化鈉(37.5毫升)逐滴添加至懸浮液,接著加入NaBH4 (6 . 2克,0 · 1 6莫耳)於水(62毫升)之水溶液。1小時後, 反應混合物小心使用乙酸(30毫升)淬熄,加熱至50T:歷3 小時及冷卻至室溫隔夜。加入氫氧化鈉50% w/w( 20毫升) ’水相以甲苯萃取(2次)。有機相經合倂,以鹽水洗滌及 真空濃縮獲得粗未飽和吡咯啶酮374( 43.4克)呈橙色油, 其未經進一步純化即用於次一步驟。可再結晶成白色固 體(DSC,起點:熔點=72.9°C )。 2 · 5 · 2 .步驟2 :氫解 於三頸瓶內於氬下,NH4COOH(8克,0.126莫耳)之水溶 液分成數份添加至粗374( 22克,0. 105莫耳)及1〇% Pd/C (1 · 1克)於水(220毫升)於50°C加熱之懸浮液。懸浮液於 50°C攪拌3‘小時,冷卻至室溫及攪拌隔夜。18小時後, 懸浮液於50°C加熱,分成數份加入NH4C00H水溶液(8克 ’ 0 . 1 2 6旲耳)。1 . 5小時後又加入第二份NH4COOH水溶液 (8克,0 · 1 26莫耳)。懸浮液於50°C攪拌0 . 5小時及加入 10% Pd/C( 1.1克)。懸浮液於此溫度攪拌5小時,任其於 室溫放置隔夜未經攪拌◦反應混合物於西萊特過濾,以 -63- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ----------------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1297682 五、發明説明(62 ) 水(30毫升)洗滌,水層以乙酸乙酯萃取(3次)。合倂有 機相以鹽水洗滌及真空濃縮獲得粗吡咯啶酮呈白色晶體 (1 8 · 1克)。兩種非對映異構物係於像合相藉製備性HPLC 分離(乙醇/庚烷:1 / 1 )’於異丙醚再結晶後獲得兩種吡 咯啶酮158(9.5克)及159(7.2克)呈白色固體。 觀察得兩種固體形式1 59,亦即形式A及形式B。形式A 之典型特徵爲繞射峰於8 . 8,9 . 8,1 4 . 9 , 1 5.0,1 7.0,1 7 . 1, 21.2,21.4,24·8(2Θ度)。形式B典型係以繞射峰於6.50 ,11.25,19.22’ 23.44,28.47,29.94 (20 度)爲特 徵。 2.5.3. 5 -羥-4-丙基-呋喃-2-酮之合成-62- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 297 297 mm) Printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Ϊ 297682 A7 V. Description of the Invention (61) 2 · 5 . 1 · Step 1: Reductive amination in a three-necked flask under argon, 4-n-propyl-hydroxyfuranone 3 73 (3 5.5 g, 0.25 mol by Bourguignon JJ et al; Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 1988 '31,89 3 - 897 ) at 18T: a solution of S-2 aminamide (28.1 g '0.275 mol) in PhMe (355 ml). The solution was stirred at this temperature for 0.5 hours and precipitation occurred. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours and 4N sodium hydroxide (37.5 mL) was added dropwise to the suspension, followed by a solution of NaBH4 (6.2 g, EtOAc) in water (EtOAc). After 1 h, the reaction mixture was quenched carefully with acetic acid (30 mL) and warmed to 50 EtOAc. Sodium hydroxide 50% w/w (20 mL) was added and the aqueous phase was extracted with toluene (2 times). The organic phase was combined with EtOAc (EtOAc m. It can be recrystallized into a white solid (DSC, starting point: melting point = 72.9 ° C). 2 · 5 · 2 . Step 2: Hydrogenolysis in a three-necked flask under argon, an aqueous solution of NH4COOH (8 g, 0.126 mol) was added in portions to a coarse 374 (22 g, 0.95 m) and 1 〇% Pd/C (1 · 1 g) in water (220 ml) at 50 ° C heated suspension. The suspension was stirred at 50 ° C for 3 hr, cooled to room temperature and stirred overnight. After 18 hours, the suspension was heated at 50 ° C and a portion of aq. NH4C00H (8 g <RTIgt; After 1.5 hours, a second portion of NH4COOH in water (8 g, 0 · 1 26 m) was added. The suspension was stirred at 50 ° C for 0.5 hours and 10% Pd / C (1.1 g) was added. The suspension was stirred at this temperature for 5 hours, allowed to stand at room temperature overnight, and the reaction mixture was filtered in celite without stirring. The -63- paper scale was applied to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). ----------------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1297682 V. Description of invention (62) Wash with water (30 ml), water layer with acetic acid Ester extraction (3 times). The combined organic phase was washed with brine and concentrated in vacuo to give crude pyrrolidone as white crystals (1······ The two diastereomers were obtained by preparative HPLC separation (ethanol/heptane: 1:1) after recrystallization from isopropyl ether to give two pyrrolidone 158 (9.5 g) and 159 ( 7.2 g) is a white solid. Two solid forms 1 59 were observed, namely Form A and Form B. Typical characteristics of Form A are diffraction peaks at 8.8, 9. 8, 14.9, 1 5.0, 1 7.0, 17.1, 21.2, 21.4, 24·8 (2 degrees). Form B is typically characterized by a diffraction peak at 6.50, 11.25, 19.22' 23.44, 28.47, 29.94 (20 degrees). 2.5.3. Synthesis of 5-hydroxy-4-propyl-furan-2-one

f==\ H2 , Pd/C 5% H0 乂 〇Χ〇 EtOAc 5 _羥-4_丙基- 5H-呋喃-2-酮373( 15克,0 . 1莫耳),乙 酸乙酯( 260毫升)及Pd/C 5%置於巴爾裝置。混合物經除 氣,氧氣於3 5 p s i壓力下導入其中。然後混合物於2 5 °C 激烈攪拌2小時。於西萊特過濾後溶劑於50°C於減壓下 去除獲得5-羥-4-丙基-呋喃-2-酮呈粗產物(100%產率)。 LC/MS : 145(MH+)。 實例3 .經由使用2 -溴-丁酸乙酯烷化2 -氧基-吡咯啶而 合成4 -取代2 -氧基-吡咯啶丁醯胺。 3 . 1 . 4 -取代2 -氧基-吡咯啶之合成 3.1.1.a.1. 3-(3-氯苯基)-2-丙嫌酸乙醋375之製備· -64- 1297682 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 63f==\ H2 , Pd/C 5% H0 乂〇Χ〇 EtOAc 5 _ hydroxy-4 propyl - 5H-furan-2-one 373 (15 g, 0.1 mol), ethyl acetate ( 260 ML) and Pd/C 5% were placed in the Barr device. The mixture was degassed and oxygen was introduced at a pressure of 3 5 p s i . The mixture was then stirred vigorously at 2 5 °C for 2 hours. After filtration in celite, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure at 50 ° C to give 5-hydroxy-4-propyl-furan-2-one as crude product (100% yield). LC/MS: 145 (MH+). Example 3. Synthesis of 4-substituted 2-oxy-pyrrolidinobutamine by alkylation of 2-oxy-pyrrolidine using ethyl 2-bromo-butyrate. Synthesis of 3 . 1 -4-substituted 2-oxy-pyrrolidine 3.1.1.a.1. Preparation of 3-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-propane acid vinegar 375 · -64- 1297682 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (63

於配備有機械攪拌器及滴液漏斗於惰性氣氛下之2升 三頸瓶內,106.2克( 755毫莫耳,1當量)3_氯;醛溶解 於1升THF及冷卻至0°C。然後於有效攪拌下加入341.9 克(980毫莫耳,1.3當量)(三苯基亞磷烷基)乙酸乙酯, 溫度升高至1 0°C。混合物於0°C於攪拌下維持.1小時, 然後於室溫攪拌隔夜。混合物濃縮至乾,殘餘物懸浮於 乙醚,過濾去除氧化三苯基膦及濾液濃縮至乾。殘餘物 藉製備性LC純化(1千克矽膠,石油醚/乙酸乙酯,7 5 : 3 5 ) 獲得 1 9 1 · 8 克純 37 5,92%產率。屮 NMR( 250MHz , (CD小SO) :1.30(t,3H) ^ 4.25(q,2H) ,6.70(d,1H),7.40(m,2H), 7.50 - 7.70(m,2H),7.85(S(寬),1H). 2.1.1.a.2.其它方法: --------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 376In a 2-liter three-necked flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer and a dropping funnel under an inert atmosphere, 106.2 g (755 mmol, 1 equivalent) of 3-chloro; the aldehyde was dissolved in 1 liter of THF and cooled to 0 °C. Then, 341.9 g (980 mmol, 1.3 equivalents) of (triphenylphosphinoalkyl)acetic acid ethyl ester was added under effective stirring, and the temperature was raised to 10 °C. The mixture was maintained at 0 ° C with stirring for 1 hour and then stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by preparative LC (1 g, EtOAc, EtOAc (EtOAc)屮NMR (250MHz, (CD, small SO): 1.30 (t, 3H) ^ 4.25 (q, 2H), 6.70 (d, 1H), 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.50 - 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.85 ( S (wide), 1H). 2.1.1.a.2. Other methods: -------- order --------- (please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Bureau, Staff Consumer Cooperative, Printed 376

另外,桂皮酸酯衍生物也藉鈀催化丙烯酸衍生物之甲 醯金屬化反應合成。例如(2E)-3-(5-嘧啶基)-2-丙烯酸 乙酯376係經由丙烯酸乙酯與5-溴嘧啶於乙酸鈀存在下 反應獲得。 3.1.1.b. 3-(3-氯苯基)-4-硝基丁酸乙酯3 77之製備 -65- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1297682 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(64)Further, the cinnamate derivative is also synthesized by a rhodium metallation reaction of a palladium-catalyzed acrylic acid derivative. For example, (2E)-3-(5-pyrimidinyl)-2-ethyl acrylate ethyl ester 376 is obtained by the reaction of ethyl acrylate with 5-bromopyrimidine in the presence of palladium acetate. 3.1.1.b. Preparation of ethyl 3-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-nitrobutanoate 3 77 -65- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1297682 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Bureau, Staff Consumer Cooperatives, Printing 5, Inventions (64)

於配備有回流冷凝器、磁力攪伴器及滴液漏斗於惰性 氣氛下於500毫升三頸瓶,1〇〇克(447毫莫耳,1當量)3-(3 -氯苯基)-2-丙烯酸乙酯375溶解於127毫升(2.37莫耳 ,5當量)硝基甲烷。於有效攪拌下維持溫度低於2rc (冰 /水浴)逐滴加入70.9毫升( 447毫莫耳,1當量)二氮雜雙 環十一烯。深紅色混合物於室溫攪拌隔夜。混合物以乙 醚稀釋,以1 N鹽酸洗滌,水相再度以乙醚萃取兩次。合 倂有機相以硫酸鎂脫水,過濾及濃縮至乾獲得1 2 8 . 5克粗 377, 99%產率,就此用於次一步驟。1H NMR( 250MHz, (CD3)2SO) :1·10(t,3H),2·70(dd,1H),2·75(dd,1H),3.95 (q,2H),4.95(m,2H) ,7.20 - 7.45 (m,4H). 3. l.l.c: 4-胺基3-( 3-氯苯基)丁酸乙酯之378製備:Equipped with a reflux condenser, a magnetic stirrer and a dropping funnel in a 500 ml three-necked flask under an inert atmosphere, 1 g (447 mmol, 1 equivalent) of 3-(3-chlorophenyl)-2 - Ethyl acrylate 375 was dissolved in 127 ml (2.37 mol, 5 equivalents) of nitromethane. 70.9 ml (447 mmol, 1 equivalent) of diazabicycloundecene was added dropwise while maintaining the temperature below 2 rc (ice/water bath) with effective stirring. The dark red mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The mixture was diluted with diethyl ether, washed with 1N aqueous HCl and brine and then twice twice. The combined organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to dryness to afford 1 2 8 . 1H NMR (250MHz, (CD3)2SO): 1·10(t,3H), 2·70(dd,1H), 2·75(dd,1H), 3.95 (q,2H), 4.95 (m, 2H) ), 7.20 - 7.45 (m, 4H). 3. llc: Preparation of 4-amino 3-(3-chlorophenyl)butyric acid ethyl ester 378:

於2升壓力瓶內於惰性氣氛下,196克( 733毫莫耳)3-(3-氯苯基)-4-硝基丁酸乙酯377溶解於200毫升乙醇。加 入200克預先乾燥(3次,乙醇)阮尼鎳於700毫升乙醇之懸 浮液及混合物於巴爾氫化器於最高20pS1氫壓下氫化(強 -66- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------------------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1297682 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製196 g (733 mmol) of 3-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-nitrobutyric acid ethyl ester 377 was dissolved in 200 ml of ethanol in a 2-liter pressure flask under an inert atmosphere. Add 200g of pre-dried (3 times, ethanol) Raney nickel in 700ml of ethanol and mix it in a hydrogenation reactor at a maximum hydrogen pressure of 20pS1 (strong-66- this paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210 X 297 mm) ------------------- Order --------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1297682 Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative

A7 B7 發明說明(65) 烈放熱反應,需要冰/水冷卻)°混合物經除氣,於西萊 特/諾萊特(Nor He)襯墊過濾’濾液經真空濃縮獲得 1 36 . 7克粗3 78,78%產率’就此用於次一步驟。 3. 1 . 1 .d: 4-(3-氯苯基)-2-吡咯啶酮379之製備:A7 B7 Description of invention (65) Strong exothermic reaction, requiring ice/water cooling) ° The mixture is degassed and filtered in a Celite/Nor He pad filter. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to obtain 1 36. 7 g thick 3 78 , 78% yield' was used for the next step. 3. 1 .1 .d: Preparation of 4-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-pyrrolidone 379:

於5 0 0毫升配備有回流冷凝器及磁力攪拌器之燒瓶內 ,135.7克(561毫莫耳)4-胺基- 3-(3-氯苯基)丁酸乙酯 3 7 8溶解於2 0 0毫升甲苯,混合物回流3 0分鐘。溶液濃縮 至乾,殘餘物藉製備性LC純化(1千克矽膠,二氯甲烷/ 乙醇,98:2 至 95: 5)獲得 54.4 克純 379 ( 49.2%)。 GC/MS : 1 97 / 1 97M+· 3 . 1 . 1 . f · 2-[4-(3 -氯苯基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁酸 乙酯380之製備In a 500 ml flask equipped with a reflux condenser and a magnetic stirrer, 135.7 g (561 mmol) of 4-amino-3-(3-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid ethyl ester 3 7 8 was dissolved in 2 0 0 ml of toluene, the mixture was refluxed for 30 minutes. The solution was concentrated to dryness. EtOAc m. GC/MS : 1 97 / 1 97M+· 3 . 1 . 1 . f · Preparation of 2-[4-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanoic acid ethyl ester 380

於配備有回流冷凝器、磁力攪拌器及滴液漏斗之2升 三頸瓶內,於惰性氣氛下,54.4克(278毫莫耳,1當量) 4-(3-氯苯基)-2-吡咯啶酮3 79溶解於1 .4升乙腈。加入64 毫升(100.7克,556毫莫耳,2當量)2-溴丁酸甲酯,溫 度升高至50 °C。分成數份加入22. 24克(556毫莫耳,2當 -67- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁)In a 2-liter three-necked flask equipped with a reflux condenser, a magnetic stirrer and a dropping funnel, under an inert atmosphere, 54.4 g (278 mmol, 1 equivalent) 4-(3-chlorophenyl)-2- Pyrrolidone 3 79 was dissolved in 1.4 liters of acetonitrile. 64 ml (100.7 g, 556 mmol, 2 equivalents) of methyl 2-bromobutanoate was added and the temperature was raised to 50 °C. Divided into 22. 24 g (556 mmol, 2 when -67- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (please read the phonetic on the back? page)

1297682 A7 B7 五、發明說明(66) 量)氫化鈉,溫度升高至65°C。混合物於50°C又攪拌1小 時。混合物濃縮至乾,殘餘物懸浮於乙酸乙酯,以水洗 滌’水相再度以乙酸乙酯萃取。合倂有機相以硫酸鎂脫 水,過濾及濃縮至乾。殘餘物藉製備性LC純化(1千克矽 膠,石油醚/乙酸乙酯’ 70: 30 )獲得56.7克純380,6 9%。 !H NMR( 250MHz,(CD3)2SO) : 0.80 - 1.〇〇(m,3H),1.60 -1. 90( 2H, m) ’ 2.35 - 2. 55 ( m,lH :與溶劑部分重疊),2.60 -2.90(m,1H:與溶劑部分重疊),3.70(s,3H) ,3.50-3.80 (m,3H),4.50(m,lH),7.20-7.50(m,4H)· 3.1.1.g: 2-[4-(3 -氯苯基)-2 -氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯 胺381之製備:1297682 A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (66) Amount of sodium hydride, the temperature is raised to 65 °C. The mixture was stirred at 50 ° C for an additional hour. The mixture was concentrated to dryness. The combined organic phases were dehydrated with magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by preparative LC (1 kg of EtOAc, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate ' 70: 30) to afford 56.7 g. !H NMR (250MHz, (CD3)2SO) : 0.80 - 1.〇〇(m,3H), 1.60 -1. 90( 2H, m) ' 2.35 - 2. 55 ( m,lH : partially overlapping with solvent) , 2.60 - 2.90 (m, 1H: partially overlapping with the solvent), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.50-3.80 (m, 3H), 4.50 (m, lH), 7.20-7.50 (m, 4H) · 3.1.1 .g: Preparation of 2-[4-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 381:

CICI

(請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 配備有回流冷凝器、磁力攪拌器之1升三頸瓶內,56 . 7 克(192毫莫耳)2-[4-(3-氯苯基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁 酸乙酯380溶解於600毫升甲醇。氣態氨通過溶液,飽和 溶液於室溫維持5日,同時偶爾再度使用氨飽和。反應完 成後,溶液濃縮至乾。殘餘物藉製備性LC純化(1千克矽 膠,二氯甲烷/乙醇,97: 3)獲得50克純381,97.8%,82.2 克非對映異構物混合物係藉像合製備性LC分離(像合襯墊 AD,汽油/乙醇,50 : 50 ),各對對映異構物係藉像合製 備性LC做光學分隔(像合襯墊AD,汽油/乙醇,50:50 )。 -68-(Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page.) The Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Intellectual Property Office, the employee consumption cooperative, printed a 1 liter three-necked bottle equipped with a reflux condenser and a magnetic stirrer, 56.7 grams (192 millimoles). Ethyl 2-[4-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanoate 380 was dissolved in 600 ml of methanol. Gaseous ammonia was passed through the solution, and the saturated solution was maintained at room temperature for 5 days while occasionally using ammonia saturation again. After the reaction was completed, the solution was concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by preparative LC (1 kg EtOAc, methylene chloride/ethanol, 97:3) to afford 50 g of pure 381, 97.8%, 82.2 g of mixture of diastereomers by preparative LC separation (like Pad AD, gasoline/ethanol, 50:50), each pair of enantiomers was optically separated by preparative LC (image pad AD, gasoline/ethanol, 50:50). -68-

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公H 1297682 A7 B7 五、發明說明(67) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 四種化合物由甲苯結晶分別獲得1 6 . 79克、1 3 . 9克、 15.84 克及 14.84 克 202,203, 204 及 205, 7 2%總產率。 實例4·經由使用2-胺基-丁醯胺烷化/環化4-溴-3-取代 -丁 - 2 -烯酸酯而合成4 -取代之2 -氧基-吡咯啶丁醯胺。 4 . 1 · 4 -溴-3 -取代-丁 - 2 -烯酸酯之合成,烷化及還原 4 · 1 · 1 . 3 -取代巴豆酸乙酯之溴化 4-溴-3-(2-硫苯基)-丁-2-烯酸乙酯382之合成爲代表This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public H 1297682 A7 B7 5. Invention description (67) (Please read the back note and then fill out this page) Four compounds are obtained from toluene crystals respectively 6. 79 g, 13.79 g, 15.84 g and 14.84 g 202,203, 204 and 205, 7 2% total yield. Example 4: alkylation/cyclization of 4-bromo via the use of 2-amino-butylimamine Synthesis of 4-substituted 2-oxo-pyrrolidinium butylide with -3-substituted-but-2-enoate. Synthesis of 4 . 4 -bromo-3 -substituted-but-2-enoate , alkylation and reduction 4 · 1 · 1 . 3 - substituted ethyl crotonate ethyl bromide 4-bromo-3-(2-thiophenyl)-but-2-enoic acid ethyl ester 382 synthesis represented

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 於2升三頸瓶內於氬下藉著機械攪拌將2-硫苯基-3-基 -丁 - 2-烯-酸乙酯 383(32.88 克,0.211 莫耳),N-溴丁二 醯亞胺(37,56克,0.211莫耳)及2,2^氮雜-貳-異丁腈 (3.46克,0.021莫耳)於四氯化碳( 600毫升)之除氣溶液 回流6小時,冷卻至室溫及攪拌20小時。懸浮液經過濾 及真空濃縮獲得粗溴化物,粗產物於矽膠藉層析術純化 (己烷/二氯甲烷:6 5 / 3 5 "^))獲得4-溴-3-(2-硫苯基)-丁-2-烯酸乙酯 382 ( 36.72 克,78%)。4 NMR( 2 50MHz, (CDC13) :3. 80( s,3H),4.95(s,2H),6·25(s,lH),7· 10 (dd,1H),7.35(d,1H),7.45 (d,1H)。 4. 1 .2.使用2-胺基-丁醯胺烷化 以2-[2-氧基- 4- (2 -噻吩基)-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺71 之合成爲代表: -69- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1297682 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Office, Staff and Consumers Cooperative, printed in 2-liter three-necked flasks with mechanical stirring of 2-thiophenyl-3-yl-but-2-en-ethyl ester 383 (32.88 g, 0.211) Mole), N-bromosuccinimide (37, 56 g, 0.211 mol) and 2,2^ aza-indole-isobutyronitrile (3.46 g, 0.021 mol) in carbon tetrachloride (600 The degassed solution of cc) was refluxed for 6 hours, cooled to room temperature and stirred for 20 hours. The suspension is filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude bromide. The crude product is purified by chromatography (hexane/dichloromethane: 6 5 / 3 5 ")) to obtain 4-bromo-3-(2-sulfur Ethyl phenyl)-but-2-enoate 382 (36.72 g, 78%). 4 NMR ( 2 50MHz, (CDC13) : 3.80 ( s, 3H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 6 · 25 (s, lH), 7 · 10 (dd, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H) , 7.45 (d, 1H). 4.1.2. Alkylation with 2-amino-butylimamine to 2-[2-oxy-4-(2-thiophenyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl] The synthesis of indoleamine 71 is representative: -69- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1297682 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printing

五、發明說明(V. Description of the invention (

4 . 1 . 2 . 1 .步驟1 :烷化-環化 於1升三頸瓶於氬下,4-溴-2-硫苯-3-基-丁-2-¾、酸 甲酯382(36.72克’ 0.134莫耳),(S)-2-胺基-丁醯胺 ([α]2 5d: 19.09 度;31.6 克,0.270 莫耳)於 THF( 3 50 毫 升)之溶液於室溫攪拌2 0小時。懸浮液經過濾及真空濃,縮 獲得粗未飽和吡咯啶酮384及385 ( 43.47克),其未經進〜 步純化即用於次一步驟。粗吡略啶酮可分離且通常爲雙 鍵異構物混合物(呈3,4及4,5之烯烴,以前者爲主要異構 物)。屮 NMR( 250MHz,(CD3)2SO):0.80(t,3H),1.30-1.90 (m,2H) , 4.40(d,lH),4.45(m,lH),4.70(d,lH),6.30(5, 2H),7 . 0( s (寬),1H),7 · 15(dd,1H),7 · 40( s(寬),1H) ,7 · 50 (d,1H),7 · 85 (d,1H). 4.1.2.2.步驟2:還原 於0 . 5升三頸瓶內於氬下,分成數份NaBH4( 1 . 75克, 0.044莫耳)至粗未飽和吡咯啶酮384/ 385 ( 1 4克,0.044莫 耳),CoCM〇.〇62克’ 0.0005莫耳)於乙醇(100毫升)-二 乙二醇二甲醚(65毫升)冷卻至0°C之溶液。經0.75小時後 -70- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 X 297公釐) --------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1297682 A7 B7 五、發明說明() ’反應混合物回流加熱.48小時,於該段期間每丨〇小時依 序加入三份 NaBH4(1.75 克 ’ 0.045 莫耳)及 c〇Cl2(0.062 克,0.0005莫耳)至起始物料的消失爲止。反應混合物冷 卻至室溫’以飽和氯化銨水解,以乙酸乙醋萃取,以硫 酸鎂脫水及真空濃縮獲得粗吡咯啶酮,其於砂膠藉管柱 層析術純化(二氯甲烷/甲醇:9 7 / 0 3 ( v / v ))獲得4 . 1 5克 2-[2 -氧基- 4- (2 -唾吩基)-1-Pit略π定基]丁醯胺(38%)。立 體異構物混合物於像合相藉管柱層析術純化(己院/乙醇) 獲得兩種非對映異構物(2S ) - 2 - [ 2 -氧基-4 - ( 2 -噻吩基)-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺71 (於乙酸乙酯再結晶)及72(於乙酸 乙酯再結晶)。此特定例中於純化期間也獲得兩種小量雜 質,亦即(2R)-2-[2-氧基-4-( 2-噻吩基)-1-吡咯啶基]丁 醯胺84( 0.25克,於乙酸乙酯再結晶)及85 ( 0.44克,於乙 酸乙酯再結晶)兩種非對映異構物。 4.2.疊氮基苯基吡咯啶酮之合成 --------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 (2S)-2-[4-(3-疊氮基苯基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁 醯胺86之單一對映異構物之合成爲代表:4 . 1 . 2 . 1 . Step 1: alkylation-cyclization in a 1 liter three-necked flask under argon, 4-bromo-2-thiophenyl-3-yl-but-2-3⁄4, methyl 382 ( 36.72 g '0.134 mol), (S)-2-amino-butylimamine ([α] 2 5d: 19.09 °; 31.6 g, 0.270 mol) in THF (3 50 mL) 20 hours. The suspension was filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give crude crude ethylpyrrolidone 384 and 385 (43.47 g) which was used in the next step. The crude pyridone can be isolated and usually a mixture of double bonds (3, 4 and 4, 5 olefins, the former being the main isomer).屮NMR (250MHz, (CD3)2SO): 0.80 (t, 3H), 1.30- 1.90 (m, 2H), 4.40 (d, lH), 4.45 (m, lH), 4.70 (d, lH), 6.30 ( 5, 2H), 7. 0 (s (width), 1H), 7 · 15 (dd, 1H), 7 · 40 (s (width), 1H), 7 · 50 (d, 1H), 7 · 85 (d,1H). 4.1.2.2. Step 2: Reduction in a 0.5 liter three-necked flask under argon, divided into several portions of NaBH4 (1.75 g, 0.044 mol) to crude unsaturated pyrrolidone 384/ 385 (1 4 g, 0.044 mol), CoCM 〇. 〇 62 g '0.0005 mol) in ethanol (100 ml) - diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (65 ml) cooled to 0 ° C solution. After 0.75 hours -70- This paper scale applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇X 297 mm) --------^--------- (Please read the back first Note: Please fill out this page again) 1297682 A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS () 'The reaction mixture is heated under reflux for 48 hours. During this period, three portions of NaBH4 (1.75 g '0.045 m) and c are added sequentially every hour. 〇Cl2 (0.062 g, 0.0005 mol) until the disappearance of the starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, then hydrolyzed with saturated ammonium chloride, extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to give crude pyrrolidone, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane/methanol) :9 7 / 0 3 ( v / v )) Obtained 4.15 g of 2-[2-oxy-4-(2-cyanophenyl)-1-Pit π-decyl]butanamine (38%) . The stereoisomer mixture was purified by image-phase-by-column column chromatography (Hsin/ethanol) to obtain two diastereomers (2S) - 2 - [ 2 -oxy-4 - ( 2 -thienyl) Isopyrrolidinyl]butanamine 71 (recrystallized from ethyl acetate) and 72 (recrystallized from ethyl acetate). In this particular example, two minor impurities were also obtained during the purification, namely (2R)-2-[2-oxy-4-(2-thienyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 84 (0.25 Gram, recrystallized from ethyl acetate) and 85 (0.44 g, recrystallized from ethyl acetate) of two diastereomers. 4.2. Synthesis of azidophenylpyrrolidone--------^--------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office staff consumption Co-production of (2S)-2-[4-(3-azidophenyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 86 as a single enantiomer is represented by:

A7A7

1297682 70 五、發明說明() 4.2 . 1 .苯胺之合成 4 · 2 · 1 · 1 ·步驟1 :藉4 -溴-3 - ( 3 -硝基苯基卜丁 - 2 -烯-酸 甲酯386烷化(S)-2-胺基丁醯胺 386之合成係如§ 4.1.1.所述進行。1H NMR(250MHz, (CD3)2SO) :1 · 30(t,3H),4.20(q,2H),5.15(s,2H),6.45 (s,lH),7.75(dd,1H),8.10(dd,lH),8.25(dd,lH),8.45 (d,1H). 烷化係遵照§ 4. 1.2.1.之實驗程序進行(59%)。 LC/MS : 290(MH+)。 4 · 2 · 1 · 2 .步驟2 :還原 於2.5升壓力瓶內於惰性氣氛下,7.22克( 0.025莫耳) 3 87及鈀/木炭(10% w/w,〇. 2克)溶解於乙醇(1升)及混合 物於巴爾氫化器於最高20ps 1氫壓氫化。1小時後,混合 物經除氣,於西萊特/諾萊特襯墊過濾,濾液經真空濃縮 獲得粗吡咯啶酮,於矽膠藉管柱層析術純化(二氯甲烷/ 甲醇:93 /07 (v/v))獲得非對映異構物混合物,其係於像 合相藉管柱層析術純化(己烷/乙醇)與鹽酸於乙醇反應 (用於合成鹽酸鹽)後獲得(2S ) - 2 - [ 4 - ( 3 •胺基苯基卜2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶基]丁醯胺90( 0 . 800克,於乙醇再結晶)及 9 1 ( 1 · 2 1克,於乙醇再結晶)兩種非對映異構物,呈鹽酸 鹽。 4.2.2.苯基疊氮基86之合成。 於三頸瓶內於氬下,亞硝酸鈉( 0.232克,0.0037莫耳) 於水(1 · 5毫升)之溶液逐滴添加至(2S ) - 2 - [ 4 - ( 3 -胺基苯 -72- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 裝--------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1297682 A7 B71297682 70 V. INSTRUCTIONS () 4.2. 1. Synthesis of aniline 4 · 2 · 1 · 1 · Step 1: Borrowing 4-bromo-3 -( 3 -nitrophenylbutan-2-ene-acid methyl ester The synthesis of 386 alkylated (S)-2-aminobutylideamine 386 was carried out as described in § 4.1.1. 1H NMR (250 MHz, (CD3) 2SO): 1 · 30 (t, 3H), 4.20 ( q, 2H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 6.45 (s, lH), 7.75 (dd, 1H), 8.10 (dd, lH), 8.25 (dd, lH), 8.45 (d, 1H). Follow the experimental procedure in § 4. 1.2.1. (59%) LC/MS: 290 (MH+). 4 · 2 · 1 · 2 . Step 2: Reductive in a 2.5 liter pressure bottle under an inert atmosphere, 7.22 Grams (0.025 mol) 3 87 and palladium/charcoal (10% w/w, 〇. 2 g) are dissolved in ethanol (1 liter) and the mixture is hydrogenated at a hydrogen pressure of up to 20 ps in a bar hydrogenator. After 1 hour, the mixture After degassing, it was filtered on a Celite/Nollet pad, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to obtain crude pyrrolidone, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane/methanol: 93 s (v/v)). a mixture of diastereomers, which is purified by a phase-by-column column chromatography (hexane/ethanol) and hydrochloric acid in ethanol (using After synthesizing the hydrochloride salt, (2S) - 2 - [ 4 - ( 3 • aminophenyl b 2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 90 (0.88 g, recrystallized from ethanol) was obtained. And 9 1 (1 · 2 1 g, recrystallized from ethanol) two diastereomers, which are hydrochloride. 4.2.2. Synthesis of phenyl azide 86. Under a argon in a three-necked flask , sodium nitrite (0.232 g, 0.0037 mol) in water (1.5 ml) solution is added dropwise to (2S) - 2 - [ 4 - ( 3 -amino benzene - 72 - this paper scale applies to China Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) Packing -------- set--------- (Please read the notes on the back and then fill out this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Employee Consumption Cooperative Printed 1297682 A7 B7

五、發明說明( 基)-2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶基]丁醯胺90自由態鹼(〇 . 8克, 0.003 1莫耳)於鹽酸i〇M(6. 5毫升)冷卻至0°C之溶液。於 室溫經0· 5小時後,加入NaN3( 0.220克,0.003 7莫耳)於 水(2毫升),所得溶液於0°C攪拌〇 · 5小時。反應混合物 以氫氧化鈉(33% w/w)淬熄及藉乙酸乙酯稀釋。水相酸化 至PH5 - 6及以乙酸乙酯萃取。合倂有機相以硫酸鎂脫水及 真空濃縮獲得粗tft咯H定酮,其於砂藉管柱層析術純化(二 氯甲烷/甲醇:97 /03 (v/v)),於乙腈再結晶後獲得0.42 克(2S )-2-[2-氧基- 4-(3-疊氮基苯基)-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯 胺86之單一對映異構物86( 48%)。 4.3 · (2S )-2-[4-(3-胺基-2,4,6-三溴苯基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺107之合成V. Description of the invention (yl)-2-oxo-1 -pyrrolidinyl]butanthine 90 free base (〇. 8 g, 0.003 1 mol) was cooled to i〇M (6.5 ml) 0 ° C solution. After 0.5 hours at room temperature, NaN3 (0.220 g, 0.003 7 m) was added to water (2 ml), and the mixture was stirred at 0 ° C for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with sodium hydroxide (33% w/w) and diluted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was acidified to pH 5-6 and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phase was dehydrated with magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to give crude EtOAc (EtOAc: EtOAc (MeOH): After obtaining 0.42 g of (2S)-2-[2-oxy-4-(3-azidophenyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 86 as the single enantiomer 86 (48%) . 4.3 · Synthesis of (2S )-2-[4-(3-Amino-2,4,6-tribromophenyl)-2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 107

於三頸瓶內於氬下,Ph3PCH2PhBr3 ( 2.870克,0.048 莫耳)及90( 0.420克,0.0016莫耳)於二氯甲烷(1〇毫升) 及甲醇(5毫升)之溶液與碳酸氫鈉( 0.407克,0.048莫耳) 於室溫共同攪拌4小時(橙色溶液)。反應混合物經過濾及 真空濃縮獲得粗製苯胺,於矽膠藉管柱層析術純化(乙酸 乙酯/乙醇98 /02( v/v))獲得0.38克預期苯胺1 07 ( 47%,由 乙醚再結晶)。 -73- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) —--------^--------- f請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1297682 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 72 . 4.4. (2S)-2-[4-甲基-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺35及 36之合成A solution of Ph3PCH2PhBr3 (2870 g, 0.048 mol) and 90 (0.420 g, 0.0016 mol) in dichloromethane (1 ml) and methanol (5 ml) in a three-necked flask under argon with sodium bicarbonate ( 0.407 g, 0.048 mol) was stirred for 4 hours (orange solution) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated in vacuo tolululululululululululululululululululululu ). -73- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) —---------------------- f Please read the notes on the back first. Fill in this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1297682 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (72. 4.4. (2S)-2-[4-Methyl-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl] Synthesis of guanamine 35 and 36

35及36係藉外消旋混合物389於像合靜相使用乙醇及 己院做溶劑藉像合純化獲得。3 5係於i - P r 2〇E t再結晶後 呈白色晶體獲得。36係於乙醚再結晶後呈白色晶體獲得。 貫例5 .經由1 - [ 1 -(胺基鑛基)丙基]-5 -氧基-3 - Π比略昵 羧酸甲酯11衍生合成4-取代2-氧基-吡咯啶丁醯胺。 5 . 1 . 1 - [ 1 -(胺基羰基)丙基]-5 -氧基-3 -吡咯啶羧酸甲 酯1 1 / 1 2之合成 CV^CCX>M· MeOOC _rY——卑 -----------裝--------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 此種轉變係述於§ 7.0 . 1而製造兩種酯1 1及1 2。 5 . 2 . 1 - [ 2S - 1 -(胺基羰基)丙基]-5 -氧基-3 -吡咯啶羧酸 48之合成The 35 and 36 series were obtained by using a racemic mixture 389 in a stationary phase using ethanol and a solvent as a solvent. 3 5 is obtained by white crystal after recrystallization from i - P r 2〇E t . The 36 series was obtained as white crystals after recrystallization from diethyl ether. Example 5. Derivatization of 4-substituted 2-oxy-pyrrolidinium via 1 - [ 1 -(aminoalkyl)propyl]-5-oxy-3 -indolepyridylcarboxylate 11 amine. 5 . 1 . 1 - [1 -(Aminocarbonyl)propyl]-5-oxy-3-pyrrolidinecarboxylate 1 1 / 1 2 Synthesis CV^CCX>M· MeOOC _rY——Humble ----------Install--------Book--------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative The printing of this transition is described in § 7.0. 1 to make two esters 1 1 and 12 . 5 . 2 . 1 - [ 2S - 1 -(Aminocarbonyl)propyl]-5-oxy-3-pyrrolidinecarboxylic acid 48

I.MeOH, NaOH nhj 2. HCI 48 於三頸瓶於氬下,IN氫氧化鈉(126毫升)溶液添加至 -74- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)I. MeOH, NaOH nhj 2. HCI 48 in a three-necked flask under argon, IN sodium hydroxide (126 ml) solution was added to -74- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) )

1297682 A7 _ B7 五、發明說明(73) 對映異構純質酯1 1 ( 22 · 62克,0 · 1莫耳)於甲醇冷卻至〇〇c 之彳谷液。於此溫度經丨.5小時後’反應藉丨n鹽酸(1 〇 9毫 升)酸化,真空蒸發去除溶劑,殘餘物以異丙醇萃取,過 濾及濾液經真空濃縮獲得粗酸(1 7 · 82克),由乙腈再結 晶獲得對映異構純質1 - [ 2 S - 1 -(胺基鑛基)丙基]_ 5 -氧基 -3-吡咯啶羧酸48。 5 · 3 . ( 2S ) - 2 _ [ 4 - ( 1,3,4 -噚二唑-2 -基)-2 -氧基-1 -吡咯 啶基]丁醯胺50之合成1297682 A7 _ B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (73) Enantiomerically pure ester 1 1 (22 · 62 g, 0 · 1 mol) was cooled in methanol to 彳c. After 5 hours at this temperature, the reaction was acidified with EtOAc (1 mL, EtOAc). (g), recrystallized from acetonitrile to give enantiomerically pure 1 - [ 2 S - 1 -(aminoalkyl)propyl]-5-oxy-3-pyrrolidinecarboxylic acid 48. 5 · 3 . Synthesis of ( 2S ) - 2 _ [ 4 - ( 1,3,4 -oxadiazol-2-yl)-2-yloxy-1 -pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 50

步驟1 :與胼反應 於三頸瓶內於氬下,酯1 1 ( 3克,0 · 0 1 3莫耳)及肼水合 物(0 · 7毫升)之溶液於乙醇(3毫升)攪拌24小時。然後黃 色溶液濃縮獲得粗醯肼39 1,於放置時結晶(2 . 37克, 79%)。 GC/MS : 228(M+)。 步驟2 :噚二唑之合成 於三頸瓶於氬下,粗醯肼39 1 (本專利,3克,〇 . 0 1 3莫 耳),原甲酸三乙酯(2毫升)及對甲苯磺酸(0.010克)之溶 液於1 1 0°C加熱24小時。反應混合物冷卻至室溫,真空濃 縮獲得粗噚二唑,其於矽膠藉層析術純化(二氯甲烷/甲 -75- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------------------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1297682 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 74. 醇:95 / 05 (v/\〇)獲得(2S)-2-[4-(l,3,4-噚二唑-2-基) -2-氧基-1 -吡咯啶基]丁醯胺50(0 . 3 12克)呈油。 5 . 4 . 1,3,4 -二噚唑衍生物之合成 另外1 ,3,4-二噚唑衍生物係得自肼391。例如2-[2-氧 基-4 - ( 5 -硫烷基-1,3,4 -噚二唑-2 -基)-1 -吡咯啶基]丁醯 胺51係經由肼391與CS2及氫氧化鉀於乙醇反應獲得。 5.5. 4-胺基-吡咯啶-2-酮392之合成Step 1: Reacting with hydrazine in a three-necked flask under argon, a solution of ester 1 1 (3 g, 0. 01 mol) and hydrazine hydrate (0.7 ml) was stirred in ethanol (3 ml). hour. The yellow solution was then concentrated to give a crude EtOAc (yield: 372 g, 79%). GC/MS: 228 (M+). Step 2: Synthesis of oxadiazole in a three-necked flask under argon, crude 醯肼 39 1 (this patent, 3 g, 〇. 0 1 3 mol), triethyl orthoformate (2 ml) and p-toluene A solution of the acid (0.010 g) was heated at 110 ° C for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo to give crude oxadiazole, which was purified by chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane/A-75- paper scale applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ) ------------------- Order --------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau staff consumption Co-operatives printed 1297682 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (74. Alcohol: 95 / 05 (v/\〇) obtained (2S)-2-[4-(l,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl) - 2-oxo-1 -pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 50 (0.32 g) is an oil. 5 . 4 . Synthesis of 1,3,4-dicarbazole derivatives 1 , 3, 4 - The carbazole derivative is derived from 肼391. For example, 2-[2-oxy-4-(5-sulfanyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)-1-pyrrolidinyl] Indoleamine 51 is obtained by reacting 肼391 with CS2 and potassium hydroxide in ethanol. 5.5. Synthesis of 4-amino-pyrrolidin-2-one 392

++

394 〇 (S'394 〇 (S'

H2, Pd/C h2n’H2, Pd/C h2n’

-----------裝.-------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 5.5.1.步驟1:胺基甲酸酯39 3之合成 於三頸瓶於氬下,對映異構純質1-[2S-1-(胺基羰基) 丙基]-5-氧基-3-吡咯啶羧酸48(19.06克,0.089莫耳), 二苯基磷醯疊氮(26.9克,0.097莫耳)及三乙基胺(π.5 毫升)於乙腈( 225毫升)之溶液於S5°C加熱伴以形成氮氣。 溫度於55°C維持0 . 5小時,於70°C維持2小時及冷卻至室 溫。加入苄醇(9 · 25毫升)及溶液回流4小時,冷卻至室溫 及真空濃縮。粗胺基甲酸酯於矽膠藉層析術純化(乙酸乙 -76- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1297682 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7-----------Install.-------Set--------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill in this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau staff consumption Co-operative printing 5.5.1. Step 1: Synthesis of carbamate 39 3 in a three-necked flask under argon, enantiomerically pure 1-[2S-1-(aminocarbonyl)propyl]-5 -oxy-3-pyrrolidinecarboxylic acid 48 (19.06 g, 0.089 mol), diphenylphosphonium azide (26.9 g, 0.097 mol) and triethylamine (π. 5 ml) in acetonitrile (225 The solution of cc) was heated at S5 ° C to form nitrogen. The temperature was maintained at 55 ° C for 0.5 hours, maintained at 70 ° C for 2 hours and cooled to room temperature. Benzyl alcohol (9 · 25 ml) was added and the solution was refluxed for 4 hr then cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The crude urethane is purified by silica gel chromatography (acetic acid B-76- This paper scale applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1297682 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 B7

7 S 五、發明說明() 酯/甲醇/氫氧化銨:95 /04/0 1 (v/v))獲得兩種非對映異 構物胺基甲酸酯394( 2 . 64克,9 . 3%)及393 ( 1 1 . 9克,42%) 。至於 393 :屮 NMR( 250MHz,(CDCl3):0.9〇(t,3H),1.30 -1.90(m,2H) , 2.35(dd,lH),2.75(dd,lH),3.30(dd,lH) ,3,75(m,lH) ^ 4.30 - 4 . 50(m , 2H),5.10(s,2H),5.35(s, (寬),1[1),5.11(5(寬),1[1),60.40(3(寬),1[1),7.30-7.45(m,5H)。 5.5.2.步驟2:4-胺基-吡咯啶-2-酮392之合成 於0.25升加壓瓶內於惰性氣氛下,11.9克(0.C37毫莫 耳)393及鈀/木炭(10% w/w,0.2克)溶解於乙醇( 300毫升) 及混合物於巴爾氫化器於最高20pS1氫壓下氫化。經20 小時後混合物經除氣,於西萊特/諾萊特襯墊過濾及濾液 經真空濃縮獲得粗製胺,其由甲苯再結晶獲得2-[4-胺基 -2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺392( 6.99克,定量產率)。 5.6. 4-吡咯啶-2-酮223之合成7 S V. INSTRUCTIONS () Ester/Methanol/Ammonium Hydroxide: 95 /04/0 1 (v/v)) Obtained two diastereomeric urethane 394 (2.64 g, 9 3%) and 393 (11.9g, 42%). As for 393: NMR (250MHz, (CDCl3): 0.9 〇 (t, 3H), 1.30 - 1.90 (m, 2H), 2.35 (dd, lH), 2.75 (dd, lH), 3.30 (dd, lH), 3,75(m,lH) ^ 4.30 - 4 . 50(m , 2H), 5.10(s,2H), 5.35(s, (width), 1[1), 5.11(5(width), 1[1 ), 60.40 (3 (width), 1 [1), 7.30-7.45 (m, 5H). 5.5.2. Step 2: Synthesis of 4-amino-pyrrolidin-2-one 392 in a 0.25 liter pressurized bottle In an inert atmosphere, 11.9 g (0. C37 mmol) of 393 and palladium/charcoal (10% w/w, 0.2 g) were dissolved in ethanol (300 ml) and the mixture was subjected to a hydrogen pressure of up to 20 pS1 in a Bar hydrogenator. Hydrogenation. After 20 hours, the mixture was degassed, filtered on a pad of Celite/Nollet, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give crude amine, which was recrystallized from toluene to give 2-[4-amino-2-oxy-1- Pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 392 (6.99 g, quantitative yield) 5.6. Synthesis of 4-pyrrolidin-2-one 223

於三頸瓶內於氬下,2 - [ 4 -胺基-2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶基] 丁醯胺393(6.99克,0_037莫耳),二甲氧四氫呋喃(5.53 克’ 0.041莫耳),吡啶(50.6毫升)及乙酸(36毫升)之懸 浮液溫熱至70°C及進行溶解。於此溫度經2小時後,反 應冷卻至室溫,經真空濃縮及粗產物於矽膠藉層析術純 -77-. 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --------^ -------11 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1297682 A7 B7 五、發明說明(76) 化(二氯甲烷/曱醇:95 /05 ( v/v))獲得223呈油(2 . 67克 30.1%)。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 5.7· 4-吡咯基-吡咯啶-2-酮223之溴化2-[4-Amino-2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 393 (6.99 g, 0_037 mol), dimethoxytetrahydrofuran (5.53 g ' 0.041 in a three-necked flask under argon A suspension of pyridine (50.6 ml) and acetic acid (36 ml) was warmed to 70 ° C and dissolved. After 2 hours at this temperature, the reaction was cooled to room temperature, concentrated in vacuo and the crude product was purified on silica gel by chromatography -77-. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). --------^ -------11 (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1297682 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (76) (dichloromethane / decyl alcohol: 95 /05 (v/v)) obtained 223 oil (2. 67 g 30.1%). (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 5.7. Bromination of 4-pyrrolyl-pyrrolidin-2-one 223

於0.25升三頸瓶於氬下以磁力攪拌’ 2S-4-吡咯-吡咯 啶-2-酮223呈單一對映異構物(1 . 18克,0.0049莫耳)於 THF( 35毫升)之除氣溶液冷卻至-78 °C及分成數份加入N-溴丁二醯亞胺(0.877克,0.005莫耳)。反應混合物攪拌 〇 . 5小時,硫代硫酸鈉(0.9克)加入其中而淬熄NBS。反應 混合物溫熱至室溫,真空濃縮及於矽膠藉層析術純化(乙醇 /二氯甲烷:05 /9 5 ( v/v)),於乙腈再結晶後獲得(2S )-2-[4-(2-溴-1H-吡咯-1-基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺 234( 1 . 05克,67%)呈白色固體。另外使用相同實驗程序 及2當量N-溴-丁二醯亞胺,可獲得二溴吡咯237。 5.8. 四唑基衍生物之合成 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 另外對§ 5.6而言,2-[4-胺基-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基] 丁醯胺與原甲酸三乙酯、疊氮化鈉及乙酸反應獲得2 - [ 2 -氧基- 4-(1Η-四唑-1-基)-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺67。 5.9. (4H-1,2,4-四唑-4-基)衍生物之合成 另外對§ 5.6而言,2-[4-胺基-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基] 丁醯胺與吡啶及1 ,2-貳(二甲基胺基)亞甲基)肼反應獲得 -78- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1297682 A7 B7 77 五、發明說明() 2_[2-氧基- 4- (4Η-1,2,4 -三唑-4-基)-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯 胺65及66 。 實例6.經由第三丁氧羰基)丙基]-5-氧基-3-吡略 啶羧醛396之烯化合成4-取代2-氧基-吡咯啶丁醯胺。 6.1. 1-[1-(第三丁氧羰基)丙基]-5 -氧基-3-吡咯啶羧醛 396之合成 步驟1 : 2 -胺基丁酸酯與衣康酸甲酯縮合 NH,The 0.25 liter three-necked flask was magnetically stirred with '2S-4-pyrrole-pyrrolidin-2-one 223 as a single enantiomer (1.8 g, 0.0049 mol) in THF (35 mL). The degassing solution was cooled to -78 ° C and N-bromobutaneimine (0.877 g, 0.005 mol) was added in portions. The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 hours, and sodium thiosulfate (0.9 g) was added thereto to quench NBS. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature, concentrated in vacuo and purified by EtOAc (EtOAc/EtOAc (EtOAc/EtOAc) -(2-Bromo-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 234 (1.05 g, 67%) as a white solid. Further, dibromopyrrole 237 was obtained using the same experimental procedure and 2 equivalents of N-bromo-butanediamine. 5.8. Synthetic Department of Tetrazolyl Derivatives Ministry of Intelligence, Intellectual Property Office, Staff Consumer Cooperatives Printed separately for § 5.6, 2-[4-Amino-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine and original Triethyl formate, sodium azide and acetic acid are reacted to obtain 2-[2-oxy-4-(1Η-tetrazol-1-yl)-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 67. 5.9. Synthesis of (4H-1,2,4-tetrazol-4-yl) derivatives Further to § 5.6, 2-[4-amino-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butane Amine reacts with pyridine and 1,2-anthracene (dimethylamino)methylene) oxime to obtain -78- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Employees' Consumption Cooperatives Printed 1297682 A7 B7 77 V. INSTRUCTIONS () 2_[2-Oxo- 4-(4Η-1,2,4-triazol-4-yl)-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 65 and 66. Example 6. Synthesis of 4-substituted 2-oxy-pyrrolidinobutamine by olefination of a third butoxycarbonyl)propyl]-5-oxy-3-pyrrolidinecarboxaldehyde 396. 6.1. Synthesis of 1-[1-(Tertidinoxycarbonyl)propyl]-5-oxy-3-pyrrolidinium Carboxaldehyde 396 Step 1: 2 -Aminobutyrate Condensate with Methyl Itaconate NH ,

rVVrVV

於1升三頸瓶於氬下,2 , 2 -二甲基乙基(S ) - 2 -胺基丁 酸酯(市售,46.6克,0.268莫耳)及衣康酸二甲酯(83毫 升,0.59莫耳)之溶液於甲醇( 400毫升)回流20小時。混 合物於室溫攪拌20小時,經真空濃縮,殘餘物於矽膠藉 層析術純化(二氯甲烷/甲醇:97/3(v/v))獲得1-[(1S) -1-(第三丁氧羰基)丙基]-5-氧基-3-吡咯啶羧酸甲酯397 (81.6克,定量產率)。l-[(lS)-l-(第二丁氧碳基)丙基] -5-氧基-3-吡咯啶羧酸甲酯397之1/1混合物分析:4 NMR(250MHz, (CD3)2SO): l.〇5(t,3H),1.44(s,9H),1.6〇 -1 .65( m,1H),1 .65-1 .90( m,1H) ,2.40 - 2.65 (m,2H 與溶劑 部分信號重疊),3 · 30-3 · 65 ( m,3H ),3 · 70( s,3H ),4.40( dd ,1H)。 另外’反應也可使用外消旋2,2 -二甲基乙基-2 -胺基- -79- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公爱) --------訂-------— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1297682 五、發明説明(μ) 丁酸酯進行獲得外消旋丁醯胺,產率類似。 步驟2 : 醯396之合成。In a 1 liter three-necked flask under argon, 2,2-dimethylethyl(S)-2-aminobutyrate (commercially available, 46.6 g, 0.268 mol) and dimethyl itaconate (83) A solution of cc, 0.59 mol) was refluxed in methanol (400 mL) for 20 h. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hr, then concentrated in vacuo. EtOAc mjjjjjjjjjj Methyl butyloxy)propyl]-5-oxy-3-pyrrolidinecarboxylate 397 (81.6 g, quantitative yield). 1/1 mixture analysis of l-[(lS)-l-(2nd-butoxycarbyl)propyl]-5-oxy-3-pyrrolidinecarboxylate 397: 4 NMR (250 MHz, (CD3) 2SO): l.〇5(t,3H), 1.44(s,9H),1.6〇-1 .65( m,1H), 1.65-1 .90( m,1H) , 2.40 - 2.65 (m , 2H overlaps with the solvent part signal), 3 · 30-3 · 65 ( m, 3H ), 3 · 70 ( s, 3H ), 4.40 ( dd , 1H). In addition, the reaction can also be used with racemic 2,2-dimethylethyl-2-amino--79- This paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 public) ---- ----Book-------- (Please read the note on the back and then fill out this page) 1297682 V. Description of the invention (μ) Butyrate to obtain racemic butylamine, the yield is similar. Step 2: Synthesis of 醯396.

396 酯397還原成爲醇398 係使用§ 7.0.2.所述方法使用397爲單一對映異構物, 兩種對映異構物混合物或4種立體異構物之1 / 1 / 1 /1混合 物進行。至於(2S)-2-[4-(羥甲基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基] 丁酸第三丁酯398之1/1非對映異構物混合物:GC/MS:257 M+ 〇 氧化成爲醛396 於三頸瓶內於氬下,(2S )-2-[4-(羥甲基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁酸第三丁酯398 ( 4.0克,0.016莫耳)於二氯 甲烷(8毫升)之溶液添加至Cr〇3 (6 · 2克,0.062莫耳)於 吡啶(1 1 . 3毫升)/二氯甲烷(80毫升)於室溫攪拌之懸浮液 。溫度升高至30°C,懸浮液攪拌0 . 2小時。懸浮液經西萊 特過濾,濾液依次以1N鹽酸、鹽水洗滌,以硫酸鎂脫水及 真空濃縮獲得粗醛,醛於矽膠藉管柱層析術純化(己烷/丙 酮 70/30(v/v))獲得 2.03 克 l-[(lS)-l-(第三丁 氧羰基) 丙基]-5-氧基-3-吡咯啶羧醛396 ( 4 1%)。 另外反應也可使用外消旋酯進行獲得外消旋醛,具有 類似產率。1 - [( 1 S ) -1 -(第三丁氧羰基)丙基]-5 -氧基 -80- 1297682 五、發明説明(79 ) -3-吡咯啶羧醛396之1/1混合物之分析:4 NMR( 250MH, (CDC13) : 0.91(t,3H) , 1 .44(s,8H) , 1 .55-1 .77(m,1H), 1.9〇-2.15(m,lH),2.63-2.82(m,2H),3.47-3.61(m,lH), 3. 65 - 3.79 (m,1 H) ,3.83 - 3.94(m,非對映異構物之一之 1Η) , 4.48-4.62(m,lH),9.74(s(寬),1Η) 6.2· l-[(lS)-l-(第三丁氧羰基)丙基]-5 -氧基-3-吡咯 啶羧醛396之烯化反應 6 . 2 . 1 .烯屬衍生物之合成。 替代§ 6 . 2 · 3 ·,烯屬衍生物可經由1 - [ ( 1 S ) - 1 -(第三 丁氧羰基)丙基卜5-氧基-3-吡咯啶羧醛396與鳞鹽於強鹼 存在下進行威堤氏(Wit tig)烯化反應獲得。例如(2S )-2-(2 -氧基-4 -乙烯基-1 -吡咯啶基)丁酸2,2 -(二甲基)乙基 酯係經由醛396與PhPChBr及n-BuLi於THF反應獲得。 6.2.2. 經由使用Ph3P/CBi*4烯化 替代§ 6 · 2 · 3 .,鹵乙烯基衍生物可經由1 - [ ( 1 S ) - 1 -( 第三丁氧羰基)丙基]-5-氧基-3-吡略啶羧醛396於膦及鹵 甲烷存在下進行威堤氏反應獲得。例如(2S )-2-(2-氧基 -4 - ( 2,2 -二溴乙烯基)-1 -吡咯啶基)丁酸2,2 -(二甲基)乙 基酯係於三苯基膦存在下得自醛396之CB η。 6.2.3. 經由使用(Me2N)3P/CF2Br2 烯化396 Reduction of ester 397 to alcohol 398 is carried out using the procedure described in § 7.0.2. Using 397 as a single enantiomer, a mixture of two enantiomers or 1 / 1 / 1 / 1 of 4 stereoisomers The mixture is carried out. As for the 1/1 diastereomer mixture of (2S)-2-[4-(hydroxymethyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butyrate tert-butyl ester 398: GC/MS: 257 M+ oxime is oxidized to aldehyde 396 in a three-necked flask under argon, (2S)-2-[4-(hydroxymethyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butyric acid tert-butyl ester 398 ( </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> <RTIgt; </RTI> </RTI> <RTIgt; The suspension was stirred at room temperature. The temperature was raised to 30 ° C and the suspension was stirred for 0.2 hours. The suspension was filtered through celite, and the filtrate was washed successively with 1N hydrochloric acid and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to give crude aldehyde. The aldehyde was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/acetone 70/30 (v/v) Obtained 2.03 g of 1-[(lS)-l-(t-butoxycarbonyl)propyl]-5-oxy-3-pyrrolidinecarboxaldehyde 396 (41%). Alternatively, the racemic ester can be used to obtain the racemic aldehyde with similar yields. 1 - [( 1 S ) -1 -(t-butoxycarbonyl)propyl]-5-oxy-80- 1297682 V. Description of the invention (79) 1/1 mixture of -3-pyrrolidinecarboxaldehyde 396 Analysis: 4 NMR (250MH, (CDC13): 0.91 (t, 3H), 1.44 (s, 8H), 1. 55-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.9〇-2.15 (m, lH), 2.63-2.82 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.61 (m, lH), 3. 65 - 3.79 (m, 1 H), 3.83 - 3.94 (m, one of the diastereomers), 4.48- 4.62 (m, lH), 9.74 (s (width), 1 Η) 6.2· l-[(lS)-l-(t-butoxycarbonyl)propyl]-5-oxy-3-pyrrolidinecarboxaldehyde 396 Alkylation reaction 6.1.2. Synthesis of olefinic derivatives. Substituting § 6 . 2 · 3 ·, olefinic derivatives may be via 1 - [ ( 1 S ) - 1 -(t-butoxycarbonyl) Keb 5-oxy-3-pyrrolidinium carboxaldehyde 396 is obtained by performing Wit tig olefination reaction in the presence of a strong base. For example, (2S)-2-(2-oxy-4- 2,2-(Dimethyl)ethyl vinyl-1-pyrrolidinyl)butyrate is obtained by reacting aldehyde 396 with PhPChBr and n-BuLi in THF. 6.2.2. Via using Ph3P/CBi*4 olefin Alternative to § 6 · 2 · 3 ., halovinyl derivatives can be via 1 - [ ( 1 S ) - 1 - ( Butoxycarbonyl)propyl]-5-oxy-3-pyrrolidinecarboxyaldehyde 396 is obtained by the Wittite reaction in the presence of a phosphine and a halomethane. For example, (2S)-2-(2-oxy-4- (2,2-Dibromovinyl)-1 -pyrrolidinyl)butyric acid 2,2-(dimethyl)ethyl ester is obtained from CB η of aldehyde 396 in the presence of triphenylphosphine. . By using (Me2N)3P/CF2Br2 olefination

9M -81- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1297682 A7 B7 Ο Λ 五、發明說明() (2S )-2-(2-氧基- 4-(2,2-二氟乙烯基)-1-吡咯啶基)丁 酸2,2-(二甲基)乙基酯399之兩種非對映異構物之合成爲 代表。於三頸瓶內於氬下,(Me2N;hP( 89.8克,0.55莫耳) 添加至CF2Br*2(58克,0.25莫耳)於THF( 280毫升)於-78°C 之溶液(出現白色沉澱)及溫熱至室溫。醛396呈非對映異 構物(35.2克,0. 138莫耳)之1/1混合物於THF之溶液逐 滴添加至預先製成之鳞鹽。1小時後,反應混合物經西萊特 過濾及真空濃縮。反應混合物以已烷稀釋,以鹽水洗滌 ,以硫酸鎂脫水及真空濃縮獲得粗烯烴,烯烴於矽膠藉 管柱層析術純化(二氯甲烷/甲醇99/01( v/v))獲得34.6克 (2S)-2-(2-氧基- 4- (2,2 -二氟乙烯基)-1-吡咯啶基)丁酸 2,2-(二甲基)乙基酯399之1/1非對映異構物混合物87%) 。4 NMR(250MHz,(CD3)2SO):0.81_0.91(m,3H),1.44(s ,9H),1.50-1.75(m,lH),l.80-1.95(m,lH),2.30-4.40(m ,2H 與溶劑部分重疊),3.00 - 3.35 (m,2H),3.45 - 3.5 5 (m, lH),4.20-4.40(m,lH),4.60(ddd,lH —種非對映異構物) ,4.75(ddd,lH另一種非對映異構物)。 6.2.4·使用(nBu)3P/CChF 烯化 替代§ 6 . 2 . 3 .,鹵乙烯基衍生物可經由1 - [ ( 1 S ) - 1 -(第 三丁氧羰基)丙基]-5-氧基-3-吡咯啶羧醛396於膦及鹵甲 烷存在下進行威堤氏烯化反應獲得。例如2-(2-氧基-4-(2-(Z)-氟乙烯基)-1-吡咯啶基)丁酸2,2-(二甲基)乙酯 係由醛396,經由循序與CFC13以及η-ΒιηΡ反應,接著氫 氧化鈉將中間物乙烯系鐵脫磷酸化獲得。 -82- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -n an n n —Bi 一口、· tat emmmm l MW. 1297682 五、發明説明(81 ) 6.2.5. 4 -截基-壯咯n定酮之合成 另外,4 -氰基-吡咯啶酮衍生物可經由1 - [( 1 S ) - 1-(第 三丁氧羰基)丙基]-5-氧基-3-吡咯啶羧醛396與羥胺反應 接著與氧化硒反應獲得。 6 . 3 · 2 · 2 -二甲基-乙酯之胺化 6 · 3 · 1 ·使用三氟乙酸脫去保護以及氨解 . (2S) - 2- (2-氧基- 4-(2,2-二氟乙烯基)-1 -吡咯啶基) 丁醯胺213及222之兩種非對映異構物之合成爲代表:9M -81- Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1297682 A7 B7 Ο Λ V. Invention Description () (2S )-2-(2-Oxo- 4-(2,2-difluorovinyl)- The synthesis of two diastereomers of 2,2-(dimethyl)ethyl 399 of 1-pyrrolidinyl)butyrate is representative. In a three-necked flask under argon, (Me2N; hP (89.8 g, 0.55 mol) was added to a solution of CF2Br*2 (58 g, 0.25 mol) in THF (280 mL) at -78 ° C (white appeared) Precipitate) and warm to room temperature. Aldehyde 396 is added dropwise to a pre-formed scale salt as a 1/1 mixture of diastereomers (35.2 g, 0.138 mol) in THF. After the reaction mixture was filtered through celite and concentrated in vacuo. The reaction mixture was diluted with hexanes, washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to give crude hexanes. 99/01 (v/v)) obtained 34.6 g of (2S)-2-(2-oxy-4-(2,2-difluorovinyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl)butyric acid 2,2-( a 1/1 mixture of diastereomers of dimethyl)ethyl ester 399 (87%). 4 NMR (250MHz, (CD3) 2SO): 0.81_0.91 (m, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.50-1.75 (m, lH), 1.80-1.95 (m, lH), 2.30- 4.40 (m , 2H partially overlaps with solvent), 3.00 - 3.35 (m, 2H), 3.45 - 3.5 5 (m, lH), 4.20-4.40 (m, lH), 4.60 (ddd, lH - diastereomeric Construct), 4.75 (ddd, lH another diastereomer). 6.2.4· Using (nBu)3P/CChF olefination instead of § 6.2.3. The halovinyl derivative may be via 1 - [ ( 1 S ) - 1 -(t-butoxycarbonyl)propyl]- 5-Oxo-3-pyrrolidinium Carboxaldehyde 396 is obtained by the Wittite olefination reaction in the presence of a phosphine and a halomethane. For example, 2-(2-oxy-4-(2-(Z)-fluorovinyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl)butyric acid 2,2-(dimethyl)ethyl ester is derived from aldehyde 396, CFC13 and η-ΒιηΡ are reacted, followed by sodium hydroxide to dephosphorylate the intermediate ethylene-based iron. -82- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) -n an nn —Bi 一口·· tat emmmm l MW. 1297682 V. INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTION (81) 6.2.5. 4 - Synthesis of a ketone-stranded n-butanone In addition, a 4-cyano-pyrrolidone derivative can be via 1 - [( 1 S ) - 1- (third The butoxycarbonyl)propyl]-5-oxy-3-pyrrolidinium carboxaldehyde 396 is reacted with hydroxylamine and then reacted with selenium oxide. 6. 3 · 2 · 2 -Dimethyl-ethyl ester amination 6 · 3 · 1 · Deprotection with trifluoroacetic acid and aminolysis. (2S) - 2- (2-oxy- 4-(2) , 2-difluorovinyl)-1 -pyrrolidinyl) The synthesis of two diastereomers of butanamine 213 and 222 is representative:

步驟1 : 2 . 2 -(二甲基)乙酯之脫去保護 於三頸瓶內於蠢下,(23)-2-(2-氧基-4-(2,2-二氟乙 烯基)-1-吡咯啶基)丁酸2,2-(二甲基)乙基酯399 ( 3 1.8 克,0.110莫耳)於三氟乙酸(170毫升)及二氯甲烷(500 毫升)之1 / 1非對映異構物混合物溶液於室溫攪拌20小時 。反應混合物蒸發至乾。殘餘物溶解於甲苯,再度蒸發 至乾而去除三氟乙酸獲得3 2克粗酸,其未經進一步純化 即用於次一步驟。LC/MS:234(MH+) 步驟2 : 活化及氨解_ 於三頸瓶內於氬下藉機械攪拌將ClCOOEt(23毫升, -83- 1297682 五、發明説明(82 ) 0.24旲耳)添加至酸混合物(25.6克’ 0.11莫耳)於二氯甲 院( 250毫升)及三乙基胺(33 . 7毫升)冷卻至-irc之溶液。 反應混合物於-1 〇 t:攪拌1 · 5小時,然後氣態氨通過溶液同 時將溫度維持低於0°c。懸浮液於0°c攪拌1小時,溫熱至 室溫’過濾,濾液經真空蒸發。粗醯胺於矽膠藉管柱層析 術純化(二氯甲烷/乙醇99/01 (v/v))獲得23克(2S)-2-( 2-氧基-4-(2,2-二氟乙烯基)-1-卩比略[]定基)丁酸2,2-(二甲基) 乙酯之1 /1非對映異構物混合物,其於像合相藉管柱層析 術純化(己烷/乙醇)獲得兩種非對映異構物2 1 3 ( 1 〇 . 1克由 異丙醚再結晶)及222 ( 1 1 · 2克,由異丙醚再結晶)。 6 . 3 . 2 ·另外可使用溴兒茶酚硼烷進行脫保護。 2-(2-氧基- 4- (2,2-二甲基乙烯基)-1_吡咯啶基)丁醯 胺1 6 3之四種非對映異構物係經由2 - ( 2 -氧基-4 - ( 2,2 -二 甲基乙烯基)-1 -吡咯啶基)丁酸2 , 2 -(二甲基)乙酯之1 / 1 / 1 / 1非對映異構物混合物與溴兒茶酚硼烷反應獲得酸, 接著於§ 6 · 3 · 1 (步驟2 )所述條件下進行胺化獲得。 6.4.炔屬衍生物之合成 6.4 · 1 · 2 - ( 4 -乙炔基-2 -氧基-1 -吡略啶基)丁醯胺206 / 207之合成Step 1: 2. 2 -(Dimethyl)ethyl ester is deprotected in a three-necked bottle, stupid, (23)-2-(2-oxy-4-(2,2-difluorovinyl) 1-1-(2-methyl)ethyl butyrate 399 (3 1.8 g, 0.110 mol) in trifluoroacetic acid (170 ml) and dichloromethane (500 ml) The /1 mixture of diastereomers was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness. The residue was taken up in toluene and evaporated to dryness eluting eluting eluting eluting eluting of LC/MS: 234 (MH+) Step 2: Activation and Ampholysis _ Add ClCOOEt (23 mL, -83- 1297682 V, inventor (82) 0.24 旲) to a three-necked flask under mechanical stirring with argon to The acid mixture (25.6 g '0.11 mol) was cooled to a solution of -irc in dichloromethane (250 mL) and triethylamine (33.7 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at -1 Torr: for 1.5 hours, and then gaseous ammonia was passed through the solution while maintaining the temperature below 0 °C. The suspension was stirred at 0 ° C for 1 hour, warmed to rt. filtered and filtered. Purification of crude decylamine on silica gel by column chromatography (dichloromethane/ethanol 99/01 (v/v)) afforded 23 g (2S)-2-(2-oxy-4-(2,2-) Fluorine-vinyl)-1-pyrrolidine []-based) butyric acid 2,2-(dimethyl) ethyl ester 1:1 mixture of diastereomers Purification (hexane/ethanol) gave the two diastereomers 2 1 3 (1 〇. 1 g recrystallized from isopropyl ether) and 222 (1 1 · 2 g, recrystallized from isopropyl ether). 6 . 3 . 2 · Deprotection can also be carried out using bromocatechol borane. The four diastereoisomers of 2-(2-oxy-4-(2,2-dimethylvinyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl)butanamine 1 6 3 via 2 - ( 2 - 1 / 1 / 1 / 1 diastereomer of 2,2-(dimethyl)ethyl oxy-4 - (2,2-dimethylvinyl)-1 -pyrrolidinyl)butyrate The mixture is reacted with bromocatechol borane to obtain an acid, which is then aminated under the conditions described in § 6 · 3 · 1 (step 2). 6.4. Synthesis of acetylenic derivatives 6.4 · 1 · 2 - ( 4 -ethynyl-2-methoxy-1 -pyrrolidyl)butanamine 206 / 207

-84- 1297682 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 83 五、發明說明() 於三頸瓶於氬下,正丁基鋰(1 . 6M於己烷類,1 16毫升) 添加至2-[4-(2,2-二溴乙烯基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁 醯胺之兩種非對映異構物之1 /1混合物(立體化學未定, 10.95克’0.031莫耳)於THF冷卻至-7 8C之溶液。白色懸 浮液於此溫度攪拌1 . 5小時,使用甲醇(1 20毫升)淬熄, 溫熱至室溫及真空濃縮。粗炔溶解於乙醇/二氯甲烷(1 0 /90 v/v),經西萊特過濾,真空濃縮,所得固體於矽膠 藉層析術(乙醇/二氯甲烷:10/90( v/v))以及於像合相 藉層析術(乙醇/己烷)循序純化而獲得2 - ( 4 -乙炔基-2 -氧基-1-吡咯啶基)丁醯胺206( 0.84克,由甲苯再結晶)及 207( 0.44克,由甲苯再結晶)兩種非對映異構物。 另外,2 - ( 4 -溴-乙炔基-2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶基)丁醯胺 267係經由2 - [ 4 - ( 2 , 2 -二溴乙烯基)-2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶基] 丁醯胺47與2當量第三丁氧化鉀於THF於低溫(-5°C至0°C ) 反應獲得。 6.4.2. 2-(4-丙炔-1-基-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基)丁醯胺2 80 之合成-84- 1297682 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed A7 B7 83 V. Invention Description () In a three-necked flask under argon, n-butyllithium (1.6 M in hexanes, 1 16 ml) was added to a 1:1 mixture of two diastereomers of 2-[4-(2,2-dibromovinyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine (stereochemistry undecided, 10.95 A solution of gram '0.031 mol) cooled to -7 8 C in THF. The white suspension was stirred at this temperature for 1.5 hours, quenched with methanol (1 20 mL), warm to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The crude alkyne was dissolved in ethanol/dichloromethane (1 0 /90 v/v), filtered through celite, and concentrated in vacuo. The obtained solid was purified by chromatography (ethanol/dichloromethane: 10/90 (v/v) And 2-[(4-ethynyl-2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl)butanamine 206 (0.84 g, from toluene) was obtained by sequential purification by conjugation chromatography (ethanol/hexane). Crystallized) and 207 (0.44 g, recrystallized from toluene) of two diastereomers. Further, 2-(4-bromo-ethynyl-2-ethoxy-1-pyrrolidinyl)butanamine 267 is via 2 - [ 4 - ( 2 , 2 -dibromovinyl)-2-oxy- 1-Pyryryridinyl] Butanamine 47 is obtained by reacting 2 equivalents of potassium tert-butoxide in THF at a low temperature (-5 ° C to 0 ° C). 6.4.2. Synthesis of 2-(4-propyn-1-yl-2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl)butanamine 2 80

於三頸瓶於氬下,甲基氯化鋅(由甲基鋰(1 . 5於醚, 6.14毫升)及氯化鋅(1.25克)於THF( 15毫升))製備添加 -85- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ----------------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1297682 A7 B7 -r- 84 五、發明說明() 至 CuCN(0.82 克)及 LiC1(0.78 克)於 THF( 10 毫升)於-1(TC 之溶液。另一三頸瓶內於氬下,NaH( 80%於油,0.097克) 添加至2 - ( 4 -溴-乙炔基-2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶基)丁醯胺(1 克,0.0036莫耳)於THF(20毫升)於-10°C之溶液,接著 添加氯化鋅(0.50克)。然後醯胺溶液逐滴添加至於-781 冷卻之有機銅酸鹽。反應混合物於此溫度攪拌3小時及任 其溫熱至室溫隔夜。使用飽和氯化銨水溶液水解後,水 層以二氯甲烷萃取,以硫酸鎂脫水,過濾及真空濃縮獲 得粗炔,粗炔係於像合相藉層析術純化(乙醇/己烷)獲得 2-(4-丙炔-1-基-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基)丁醯胺280。 6.5.烯屬吡咯啶酮之氫化 以2 - [ 4 - ( 2,2 -二氟乙基)-2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶基]丁醯胺 1 57之四種非對映異構物之1 / 1 / 1 / 1混合物之合成爲代表: (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Adding -85- paper to a three-necked flask under argon, methyl zinc chloride (from methyl lithium (1.5 in ether, 6.14 ml) and zinc chloride (1.25 g) in THF (15 ml)) The scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ----------------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1297682 A7 B7 -r- 84 V. INSTRUCTIONS () to CuCN (0.82 g) and LiC1 (0.78 g) in THF (10 ml) in -1 (TC solution. Another three-necked flask under argon, NaH (80%) In oil, 0.097 g) was added to 2-(4-bromo-ethynyl-2-yloxy-1-pyrrolidinyl)butanamine (1 g, 0.0036 mol) in THF (20 mL) at -10. A solution of C was then added with zinc chloride (0.50 g). The guanamine solution was then added dropwise to the -781 cooled organic cuprate. The reaction mixture was stirred at this temperature for 3 hours and allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. After the aqueous solution of saturated ammonium chloride is hydrolyzed, the aqueous layer is extracted with dichloromethane, dehydrated with magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give crude alkyne, and crude acetylene is obtained by phase-by-phase chromatography (ethanol/hexane) to obtain 2- (4-C Alkyn-1-yl-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl)butanamine 280. 6.5. Hydrogenation of olefinic pyrrolidone with 2 - [ 4 - ( 2,2-difluoroethyl)-2 - The synthesis of 1 / 1 / 1 / 1 mixture of four diastereomers of oxy-1 -pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 1 57 is representative: (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page)

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 於0 . 25升壓力瓶內於惰性氣氛下,1克(0.0043毫莫耳) 156及鈀/木炭(10% w/w,0. 2克)溶解於乙醇(50毫升), 混合物於巴爾氫化器氫化。20小時後,混合物經除氣, 於西萊特/諾萊特襯墊過濾,濾液經真空濃縮獲得粗氟烷 ,氟烷由甲苯再結晶獲得2-[ 4-(2,2-二氟乙基)-2-氧基 -1 -吡咯啶基]丁醯胺1 57四種非對映異構物之1 /1 /1 /1混 -86- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) 1297682 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 85 I、發明說明() 合物,呈白色固體(0.75克)。 6 . 6 · 2 - [ 4 - ( 5 -甲基-1,3 -噚口坐_ 2 _基)_ 2 _氧基_丨_吡略啶 基]丁醯胺62及63之合成The Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative is printed in a 0.2 liter pressure bottle under an inert atmosphere, 1 gram (0.0043 mmol) 156 and palladium/charcoal (10% w/w, 0.2 gram) dissolved in Ethanol (50 ml), the mixture was hydrogenated in a bar hydrogenator. After 20 hours, the mixture was degassed, filtered over a pad of Celite/Nollet, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give crude fluorohexane, which was recrystallized from toluene to give 2-[4-(2,2-difluoroethyl) -2-oxy-1 -pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 1 57 4 diastereomers 1 /1 /1 /1 mixed-86- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification ( 210 X 297 public interest) 1297682 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperatives printed A7 B7 85 I, invention description () compound, white solid (0.75 g). 6 . 6 · 2 - [ 4 - ( 5 -methyl - 1 , 3 - 坐 _ 2 _ yl ) _ 2 _ oxy _ 丨 _ pyrrolidine yl] butyl amide 62 and 63 synthesis

步驟1 :酯之水解 於二頸瓶內於諷下’ 1 N氫氧化鈉(3 9毫升)添加至丨_[Step 1: Hydrolysis of the ester In a two-necked flask, add 1 N sodium hydroxide (39 ml) to 丨_[

(第三丁氧羰基)丙基]-5 -氧基-3-吡咯啶羧酸甲酯397呈4 種立體異構物之1/1/1/1混合物(10克,0.035莫耳)於甲 醇(100毫升)於20°C之溶液。溶液攪拌〇_ 5小時,蒸發至 乾及使用1 N鹽酸酸化至pH= 1。水層以乙酸乙酯萃取,以 硫酸鎂脫水,過濾及真空濃縮獲得粗酸400 ( 8.45克)呈 白色固體,其未經進一步純化即用於次一步驟。1H NMR (250MHz,(CD3)2S〇):0.80(t,3H),1.44(s,9H),1.55-1.60(m,lH) ’ 1.70-1.95(m,lH) ,2.40-2. 55(m,2H 與溶劑 部分重疊),3 . 1 0 - 3 . 55 ( m , 1 H與溶劑部分重疊),4.45 ( dd, 1H)。 步驟2 :醯胺401之合成 於三頸瓶於氬下,氯甲酸乙酯(0.50毫升,0.00 5莫耳) 添加至酸400( 0.678克,0.0025莫耳)於二氯甲烷(1〇毫升 及三乙基胺(0 . 77毫升)於-20°C冷卻之溶液。反應混合 -87- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) -----------衣--------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1297682 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 了* v 86 I、發明說明() 物於-1 0°C攪拌1 · 5小時,然後丙炔胺(Ο . 36毫升)添加至 溶液同時將溫度維持低於0°C。懸浮液於0°C攪拌1小時 ,溫熱至室溫’過濾及濾液經真空蒸發。粗醯胺於矽膠 藉管柱層析術純化(二氯甲烷/甲醇98 /02( v/v))獲得0.8 克丙炔醯胺40 1呈四種非對映異構物之1 / 1 /1 /1混合物。 *H NMR( 250MHz ^ (CDb)=SO) : Ο . 80(t,3H),1.44(s,9H ) ,1.55-1.65(m,lH),1.70-1.95(m,lH),2.40-2.55(m,lH 與溶劑部分重疊),3 . 0 - 3 . 70 ( m,3H與溶劑部分重疊), 3.70-3.90(m,2H),4.45 (m,lH),8.45(m,lH)。 步驟3 :噚唑402之合成 於三頸瓶內於氬下,醯胺402( 0.77克,0.002 5莫耳) 於乙酸(40毫升)及Hg(OAc)2(0 · 048克,0.000 1 5莫耳)之 溶液回流1小時,反應冷卻至室溫,經真空濃縮及以飽和 碳酸鈉水解。水層以二氯甲院萃取及有機相以鹽水洗滌 ,以硫酸鎂脫水,過濾及真空濃縮獲得粗化合物,粗化 合物於矽膠藉層析術純化(己烷/乙酸乙酯50 / 50 ( v / v )獲 得純噚唑 402( 0· 15 克,20%)。GC/MS:308(M+)可類似 6.3 1.藉氨解而轉成62及63。 6.7.四唑之合成 6 . 7 . 1 .無取代四唑之合成Methyl (t-butoxycarbonyl)propyl]-5-oxy-3-pyrrolidinecarboxylate 397 is a 1/1/1/1 mixture of 4 stereoisomers (10 g, 0.035 mol) A solution of methanol (100 ml) at 20 °C. The solution was stirred for 5 hours, evaporated to dryness and acidified to pH = 1 using 1N hydrochloric acid. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc EtOAc (EtOAc)EtOAc. 1H NMR (250MHz, (CD3) 2S 〇): 0.80 (t, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.55-1.60 (m, lH) '1.70-1.95 (m, lH), 2.40-2. 55 ( m, 2H partially overlaps with the solvent), 3.10 - 3 . 55 (m , 1 H partially overlaps with the solvent), 4.45 (dd, 1H). Step 2: Synthesis of indoleamine 401 in a three-necked flask under argon, ethyl chloroformate (0.50 ml, 0.005 mol) was added to acid 400 (0.678 g, 0.0025 mol) in dichloromethane (1 mL and Triethylamine (0.77 ml) solution cooled at -20 ° C. Reaction Mix -87- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public) ------- ----衣--------Book--------- (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page) 1297682 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 B7 * v 86 I, invention instructions () Stir at -1 °C for 1 · 5 hours, then propargylamine (Ο. 36 ml) was added to the solution while maintaining the temperature below 0 ° C. Suspension at 0 ° C was stirred for 1 hour, warmed to room temperature 'filtered and the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo. The crude amine was purified on silica gel eluting with column chromatography (dichloromethane / methanol 98 s (v / v)). The indoleamine 40 1 is a 1 / 1 / 1 / 1 mixture of four diastereomers. *H NMR ( 250 MHz ^ (CDb) = SO) : Ο . 80 (t, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H) ), 1.55-1.65 (m, lH), 1.70-1.95 (m, lH), 2.40-2.55 (m, lH partially overlaps with solvent) , 3 . 0 - 3 . 70 (m, 3H partially overlaps with solvent), 3.70-3.90 (m, 2H), 4.45 (m, lH), 8.45 (m, lH). Step 3: Synthesis of oxazole 402 A solution of decylamine 402 (0.77 g, 0.002 5 mol) in acetic acid (40 ml) and Hg (OAc) 2 (0 · 048 g, 0.000 1 5 m) was refluxed for 1 hour under argon. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, concentrated in vacuo and purified with EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc.EtOAc. Purification by HPLC (hexane/ethyl acetate 50 / 50 (v / v) to obtain pure carbazole 402 (0.15 g, 20%). GC/MS: 308 (M+) can be similar to 6.3. Conversion to 62 and 63. 6.7. Synthesis of tetrazole 6.7.1. Synthesis of unsubstituted tetrazole

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ---------------I----訂----- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 4. 1297682 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(87) 於三頸瓶於氬下,外消旋膪40 3 ( 2.66克,0.011莫耳) ,NaN3( 4.8克,0.07 3莫耳)及三乙基胺鹽酸鹽(10.12克) 之溶液於110°C於DMF(60毫升)加熱2小時。冷卻至室溫及 真空蒸發。粗產物於矽膠藉層析術純化(二氯甲烷/甲醇/ 乙酸:90/08/02(v/v))獲得外消旋四唑酯404( 3.42克, 0.010莫耳)呈非對映異構物之1/1/1/1混合物。LC/MS : 295(MH+) ◦ 6 . 7 . 2 .四唑之烷化This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ---------------I---------- (Please read the back first Note: Please fill in this page) 4. 1297682 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed V. Invention Description (87) In a three-necked flask under argon, racemic 膪40 3 ( 2.66 g, 0.011 Mo A solution of NaN3 (4.8 g, 0.07 3 mol) and triethylamine hydrochloride (10.12 g) was heated in DMF (60 mL) at 110 °C for 2 hr. Cool to room temperature and evaporate in vacuo. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane / methanol / acetic acid: &lt;RTI ID=0.0&gt;&gt;&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&& A 1/1/1/1 mixture of constructs. LC/MS : 295 (MH+) ◦ 6 . 7 . 2 . Alkylation of tetrazole

於三頸瓶內於氬下,外消旋四唑404( 5.6克,0.019莫 耳),碳酸鉀(2.88克)及甲基碘(1.3毫升)於DMF(60毫升) 之懸浮液於室溫攪拌29小時及真空蒸發。粗混合物於矽 膠藉層析術純化(MTBE/己烷:50 / 50 ( v / v ))獲得兩種區域異 構物四唑405 ( 1.98克,34%)及406( 1.03克,17%)呈油。 LC/MS : 309(MH+)。 6 . 8 .噻唑之合成 6 . 8 . 1 .硫醯胺之合成 -69. 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 裝--------訂---- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 4 1297682 五、發明説明(88 )A suspension of racemic tetrazole 404 (5.6 g, 0.019 mol), potassium carbonate (2.88 g) and methyl iodide (1.3 ml) in DMF (60 mL) at room temperature under argon Stir for 29 hours and evaporate in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by chromatography on silica gel (MTBE / hexane: 50 / 50 (v / v)) to afford two res. Oiled. LC/MS: 309 (MH+). 6. 8. Synthesis of thiazole 6.8.1. Synthesis of thioindole-69. This paper scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). ---- (Please read the notes on the back and fill in this page) 4 1297682 V. Description of invention (88)

6.8.1.1. 397 之氨解 於配備有回流冷凝器,磁攪拌器添加管之〇 . 5升三頸瓶 內’ 10克( 0.035毫莫耳)397溶解於1〇〇毫升甲醇。氣態氨 通過溶液’飽和溶液於室溫維持1日,同時偶爾再度以氨 飽和。反應完成後’溶液經真空濃縮獲得粗醯胺4〇7(9 6 克,100%)。屮 NMR(250MHz,(CD〇2S0) : 0.85(t,3H), 1.44(s,9H),1.55-1.60(m,lH),1 .70-1.95(ιη,1Η),2.40-2.60(〇1,21*1與溶劑部分重疊),3.00-3.70(111,1[]與溶劑部 分重疊),4.35-4.45(111,1[1),6.95(8(寬),11^),7.40〇( 寬),1 Η )。 6.8. 1 .2.硫醯胺408之合成 於三頸瓶於氬下,粗醯胺407(6克,0.022莫耳), P4Sn)( 4.93克,0.011莫耳)及碳酸氫鈉(3.73克)於乙腈 (100毫升)之溶液於5°C攪拌6小時。反應混合物經過濾 ,真空濃縮及粗硫醯胺於矽膠藉層析術純化(乙酸乙酯/ 己烷:50/ 50( v/v))由乙酸乙酯再結晶後獲得硫醯胺408 (3 · 7 克 ’ 60% )。GC/ MS : 286 (M+)。 6.8.2.取代噻唑之合成 -90- 1297682 A7 B7 89五、發明說明()6.8.1.1. Ammonia solution of 397 In a 5 liter three-necked flask equipped with a reflux condenser and a magnetic stirrer, add 10 g (0.035 mmol) of 397 dissolved in 1 ml of methanol. Gaseous ammonia was maintained at room temperature for 1 day through the solution of the solution, while occasionally saturated with ammonia. After the reaction was completed, the solution was concentrated in vacuo to give crude EtOAc (EtOAc, EtOAc)屮NMR (250MHz, (CD〇2S0): 0.85 (t, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.55-1.60 (m, lH), 1.70-1.95 (ιη, 1Η), 2.40-2.60 (〇 1,21*1 partially overlaps with the solvent), 3.00-3.70 (111,1[] partially overlaps with the solvent), 4.35-4.45 (111,1[1), 6.95 (8 (wide), 11^), 7.40〇 (wide), 1 Η). 6.8.1.2. Synthesis of thioguanamine 408 in a three-necked flask under argon, crude amide 407 (6 g, 0.022 mol), P4Sn) (4.93 g, 0.011 mol) and sodium bicarbonate (3.73 g) The solution in acetonitrile (100 ml) was stirred at 5 ° C for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, concentrated with EtOAc EtOAc (EtOAc) · 7 grams '60%). GC/MS: 286 (M+). 6.8.2. Synthesis of substituted thiazoles -90- 1297682 A7 B7 89 V. Description of invention ()

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 於三頸瓶內於氬下,硫醯胺408呈4種非對映異構物之 1 /1 /1 /1混合物(本專利,1 · 5克,0· 005莫耳),三氧化 二鋁(12克)及1-溴-2-二甲氧丙-2-烯(0.85毫升)於甲苯 (1 00毫升)之溶液回流3小時。反應混合物冷卻至室溫, 過濾及真空濃縮獲得粗噻唑409( 0.5克,30%)其未經進 一步純化即用於次一步驟。GC/MS : 3 24(M+)。 6.8.3. 無取代噻唑之合成 另外無取代噻唑可經由硫醯胺408與三氧化二鋁及溴-乙醯(於原位由溴-2,2 -二甲氧乙烷於酸性條件下生成) 反應獲得。 6.8.4. 1,2,4-噻二唑-5-基衍生物之合成 另外,1,2,4-噻二唑-5-基衍生物可經由硫醯胺408循 序與N,N_二甲基-乙醯胺二甲基縮醛反應,接著於吡啶存 在下環化獲得。 6.9 . 2 - [ 2 -氧基-4 - ( 3 -吡啶基羰基)-1 -吡略啶基]丁酸 2,2 -二曱基乙酯410之合成The Intellectual Property Office of the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed in a three-necked flask under argon. Thioamine 408 is a mixture of four diastereomers of 1 /1 /1 /1 (this patent, 1.25 grams, 0· 005 mol), a solution of aluminum oxide (12 g) and 1-bromo-2-dimethoxyprop-2-ene (0.85 ml) in toluene (100 ml) was refluxed for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered and evaporated in vacuo tolulululululululu GC/MS: 3 24 (M+). 6.8.3. Synthesis of unsubstituted thiazoles Additional unsubstituted thiazoles can be formed via thioguanamine 408 with alumina and bromo-acetamidine (formed in situ from bromo-2,2-dimethoxyethane under acidic conditions). The reaction is obtained. 6.8.4. Synthesis of 1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl derivatives In addition, 1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl derivatives can be sequenced with N,N_ via thioguanamine 408 The reaction of dimethyl-acetamide dimethyl acetal is followed by cyclization in the presence of pyridine. 6.9. 2-[2-Oxo-4-(3-pyridylcarbonyl)-1-pyridolidinyl]butyric acid Synthesis of 2,2-dimercaptoethyl ester 410

-91- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) r 裝--------訂·--------· 1297682 五、發明説明(9()) 於三頸瓶內於氬下’ S0C12(0 .56毫升)添加至酸400 (1 .90克,0.007莫耳)於甲苯(20毫升)於室溫之溶液。 反應混合物回流1 · 5小時變黃。冷卻至室溫後,一次加入 PdCl2(PPh小(0.25克,0.00035莫耳)及3-三甲基錫烷 基-吡啶(1 . 7克,0 · 007莫耳)’反應混合物回流〇 . 5小時 ,冷卻至室溫’以水淬熄。水層以二氯甲院萃取,合倂 有機相以鹽水洗滌’以硫酸鎂脫水,過濾及真空濃縮 (3 · 2克)。粗酮於矽膠藉管柱層析術純化(二氯甲烷/甲 醇9 7 / 0 3 ( v / v ))獲得1 · 3克酮4 1 0呈4種非對映異構物之 1 / 1 / 1 / 1 混合物。LC/MS : 333 ( MH+ )。 實例7 · 2 - ( 4 -取代-2 -氧基-吡咯啶基)_ 丁醯胺經由活化 2 - ( 4 -羥甲基-2 -氧基-吡咯啶基卜丁醯胺之取代合成 7 . 0 .起始醇之合成 7 . 0 . 1 .酯醯胺之合成 7.0.1.a. l-[(lS)-l-(胺基锻基)丙基]-5 -氧基- 5-¾ 略 啶羧酸甲酯1 1 /1 2之合成 、-91- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) r Pack--------Book·--- -----· 1297682 V. INSTRUCTIONS (9()) In a three-necked flask under argon, 'S0C12 (0.56 ml) was added to acid 400 (1.90 g, 0.007 mol) to toluene (20) ML) solution at room temperature. The reaction mixture turned yellow for 1 hour to reflux. After cooling to room temperature, PdCl 2 (PPh small (0.25 g, 0.00035 mol) and 3-trimethylstannyl-pyridine (1.7 g, 0·007 mol) was added in one step. After chilling to room temperature, it was quenched with water. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane, and the organic phase was washed with brine. The mixture was dehydrated with magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo (3·2 g). Purification by column chromatography (dichloromethane/methanol 9 7 / 0 3 ( v / v )) to obtain 1 · 3 g of ketone 4 1 0 as a mixture of 4 diastereomers / 1 / 1 / 1 / 1 mixture LC/MS: 333 (MH+). Example 7 · 2 -( 4 -substituted-2-ethoxy-pyrrolidinyl)-butanamine via activation of 2-(4-hydroxymethyl-2-oxo-pyrrole Substituted synthesis of pyridine bupholamine 7. 0. Synthesis of starting alcohol 7.0.1 Synthesis of ester decylamine 7.0.1.a. l-[(lS)-l-(amino forging) Synthesis of methyl propyl]-5-oxy-5-3⁄4 succinylcarboxylate 1 1 /1 2

於配備有機械攪拌器及回流冷凝器之1 0升三頸瓶內, 於氬氣氣氛下,1 226克(1 2莫耳,1當量)(2S ) - 2 -胺基丁 醯胺及1912毫升(2150克,13.2莫耳,1.1當量)衣康酸 二甲酯溶解於6 · 1 3升甲醇。混合物調整至回流歷1 〇小時 ,以4小時時間緩慢冷卻至20°C。過濾,沉澱以甲醇洗滌 -92- 1297682 Α7 Β7 發明說明( 91 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 ,合倂有機相濃縮至乾獲得3 · 28 3克粗中間物74%。 於配備有機械擾泮益及拉西格(R a s h i g )管柱及蒸I留臂 之20升三頸瓶內於惰性氣氛下,粗中間物及84 . 7克(89 1 毫莫耳,0 . 1當量)2 -羥吡啶溶解於1丨.6升甲苯。混合物調 整至回流,形成的甲醇經蒸餾去除8小時,直到收集480 毫升爲止。反應瓶內溫度到達112°C。混合物經冷卻及 濃縮至乾獲得2, 187克粗醯胺酯呈非對映異構物之57.5/ 42.5比例獲得。 兩種非對映異構物於像合相藉製備性液相層析術分離 (像合襯墊AD 100*500毫米,乙醇/水99.9:0.1),洗提分 濃縮至乾獲得968克粗12(第一洗提)及1 ,05 2克粗11 (第 二洗提)。粗1 2未結晶,其溶解於1 . 5升乙醇且就此供進 一步使用。粗11由2升乙酸乙酯再結晶獲得676克純11。 另外,l-[(lS)-2 -胺基-1-甲基-2-氧基乙基]-5 -氧基 -3 -吡咯啶羧酸甲酯,1 - [( 1 S ) - 1 -(胺基羰基)丁基]-5 -氧 基-3 -吡咯啶羧酸甲酯,卜{( 1 S ) - 1 -[(甲基胺基)羰基] 丙基卜5 -氧基-3 -吡略啶羧酸甲酯係以類似方式製備。 7.0. 2 .醇-醯胺之合成 7.0. 2.a· (2S)-2-[4-(羥甲基)-2 -氧基-1-吡略啶基]丁 醯胺6之合成 °V- 〇 7.02 a. 〇 β 於配備有機械攪拌器及回流冷凝器之2升三頸瓶內於 -93- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 請 先 閱 讀 背 面 之 注 意 事 項 訂In a 10 liter three-necked flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer and a reflux condenser, under an argon atmosphere, 1 226 g (1 2 mol, 1 equivalent) of (2S)-2-aminobutylide and 1912 ML (2150 g, 13.2 mol, 1.1 equivalent) of dimethyl itaconate was dissolved in 6 · 13 liters of methanol. The mixture was adjusted to reflux for 1 hour and slowly cooled to 20 °C over 4 hours. Filtration, precipitation with methanol wash-92- 1297682 Α7 Β7 Description of the invention (91 Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Bureau, employee consumption cooperative, concentrated organic phase to dry to obtain 3 · 28 3 grams of crude intermediate 74%. The 20 liter three-necked flask of the R ashig column and the steamed I arm is in an inert atmosphere, the crude intermediate and 84.7 g (89 1 mmol, 0.1 equivalent) The 2-hydroxypyridine was dissolved in 1 升.6 liters of toluene. The mixture was adjusted to reflux, and the formed methanol was removed by distillation for 8 hours until 480 ml was collected. The temperature in the reaction flask reached 112 ° C. The mixture was cooled and concentrated to dryness. 2, 187 g of crude decylamine is obtained as a ratio of 57.5/ 42.5 of diastereomers. The two diastereomers are separated by preparative liquid chromatography like phasing (like padding AD 100) *500 mm, ethanol/water 99.9:0.1), the extract was concentrated to dryness to obtain 968 g of crude 12 (first elution) and 1,05 2 g of crude 11 (second elution). Crude 1 2 was not crystallized, It was dissolved in 1.5 liters of ethanol and used for further use. Crude 11 was recrystallized from 2 liters of ethyl acetate to give 676 g of pure 11. Methyl l-[(lS)-2-amino-1-methyl-2-oxyethyl]-5-oxy-3-pyrrolidinecarboxylate, 1 - [( 1 S ) - 1 - ( Methylaminocarbonyl)butyl]-5-oxy-3-pyrrolidinecarboxylate, b{( 1 S ) - 1 -[(methylamino)carbonyl]propyl b 5-oxy-3 Methyl pyrrolidinecarboxylate was prepared in a similar manner. 7.0. 2. Synthesis of alcohol-decylamine 7.0. 2.a·(2S)-2-[4-(hydroxymethyl)-2-oxy-1 -Pyridylpyridyl]butanamine 6 synthesis °V- 〇7.02 a. 〇β in a 2-liter three-necked flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer and a reflux condenser at -93- This paper scale applies to Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) Please read the note on the back first

921297682 五 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 發明說明( 惰性氣氛下,133克( 583毫莫耳,1當量)(2S )-2-( 4-甲 氧羰基-2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶基]丁醯胺丨丨於200毫升乙醇之 溶液添加至300毫升乙醇,混合物冷卻至〇。(:。然後以 1 · 5小時時間分成數份加入66 · 2克(1 . 74莫耳,1 2當量)固 體NaBH4,同時將溫度維持於2至4°C。2小時後溫度升高 至1 2°C歷1小時,再度降至2 - 41。以1小時時間逐滴加 入240毫升氯化氨飽和溶液,接著加入1 20毫升丙酮,混 合物於室溫放置隔夜。混合物經過濾,沉澱以3x 70毫 升乙醇洗滌,合倂有機部分濃縮至乾獲得1 48克粗6。懸 浮於300毫升二氯甲烷及攪拌30分鐘,過濾,以2x 100 毫升二氯甲烷洗滌及脫水獲得1 1 4克純6,98%。 另外,(2S)-2-[4-(羥甲基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丙 醯胺,(2S )-2-[4-(羥甲基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]戊醯胺 ,(2S) - 2- [4 -(羥甲基)-2-氧基-1 -吡咯啶基卜N -甲基丁 醯胺係以類似方式製備。 7.1. 使用三苯基膦藉直接轉變成合成 7.1.1. (2S)-2-[4-(碘甲基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯 胺1 0之合成 配備有機械攪拌器及回流冷凝器之1 0升3頸瓶內於惰性 氣氛下,400克(2莫耳,1當量)(2S)-2-[4-(羥甲基)_2_ 氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺6溶解於3升乙腈。加入62 9克 -94- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -----------*裝--------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1297682 A7 B7 93 五、發明說明( (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) (2.4旲耳’ 1.2當量)三苯基膦,接著以5分鐘時間分成三 份加入608克(2.4莫耳,1 .2當量)碘。混合物於30分鐘 時間加熱至60°C,於該溫度攪拌5小時。冷卻後,混合物 濃縮至乾,殘餘物懸浮於750克硫代硫酸鈉於1 0升水之溶 液及於50°C攪拌4小時。沉澱經過濾及以3x 1升水洗滌 。合倂水相以1千克氯化鈉處理及以6x 1升二氯甲烷萃 取。合倂有機相以硫酸鎂脫水,過濾及濃縮至乾獲得482 克粗1 0。由甲苯結晶。若干收穫物共同由乙酸乙酯再結 晶獲得4 2 5克純1 0 , 6 8 %。 , 另外,(2S)-2-[4-(碘甲基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]-N-甲基丁醯胺146 , (2S)-2-[4-(碘甲基)-2-氧基-1 -吡咯啶 基]丙醯胺110,(2S)-2-[4-(碘甲基)-2-氧基-1-吡略啶基 ]戊醯胺1 05,( 2S ) - 2 - [ 4 -(溴甲基)-2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶基] 丁醯胺8,(2S)-2-[4-(氯甲基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁 醯胺30係以類似方式製備。 7.1.2. (2S)-2-[2-氧基- 4- (苯氧甲基)-i-u比略卩定基]丁 醯胺1 8之合成921297682 Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Bureau, Staff Consumer Cooperatives, Printing A7 Description (In an inert atmosphere, 133 g (583 mmol), 1 equivalent) (2S)-2-(4-methoxycarbonyl-2-oxy-1 - Pyrrolidinyl] Butyridinium oxime in 200 ml of ethanol was added to 300 ml of ethanol, and the mixture was cooled to 〇. (:. Then divided into several portions of 6.6 cc (1. Ear, 1 2 equivalents) solid NaBH4 while maintaining the temperature at 2 to 4 ° C. After 2 hours, the temperature was raised to 12 ° C for 1 hour, again reduced to 2 - 41. Add 240 to 1 hour A saturated solution of 1 ml of ammonium chloride was added, followed by the addition of 1 20 ml of acetone, and the mixture was allowed to stand overnight at room temperature. The mixture was filtered, and the precipitate was washed with 3 x 70 ml of ethanol, and the organic portion was concentrated to dryness to obtain 1 48 g of crude 6. suspended in 300. Methylene chloride was stirred for 30 minutes, filtered, washed with 2 x 100 ml of dichloromethane and dehydrated to give 141 g of pure 6,98%. In addition, (2S)-2-[4-(hydroxymethyl)-2 -oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]propanamine, (2S)-2-[4-(hydroxymethyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]pentanylamine, (2 S) - 2-[4-(hydroxymethyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl N-methylbutyramine is prepared in a similar manner. 7.1. Direct conversion to synthesis using triphenylphosphine 7.1.1. Synthesis of (2S)-2-[4-(iodomethyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 10 is equipped with a mechanical stirrer and a reflux condenser of 10 liters In a 3-necked flask, 400 g (2 mol, 1 equivalent) of (2S)-2-[4-(hydroxymethyl)_2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 6 was dissolved in 3 under an inert atmosphere. Acetonitrile. Add 62 9 g-94- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -----------*装-------- Order --------- (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page) 1297682 A7 B7 93 V. Invention Description (Please read the note on the back and fill in this page) (2.4旲耳' 1.2 equivalents of triphenylphosphine, followed by 608 g (2.4 mol, 1.2 equivalents) of iodine in three portions over 5 minutes. The mixture was heated to 60 ° C over 30 minutes and stirred at this temperature for 5 hours. After that, the mixture was concentrated to dryness, and the residue was suspended in 750 g of sodium thiosulfate in 10 liters of water and stirred at 50 ° C The precipitate was filtered and washed with 3 x 1 L of water. The combined aqueous phase was treated with 1 kg of sodium chloride and extracted with 6 x 1 L of dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to dryness 482. Gram 1 0. Crystallized from toluene. A number of harvests were recrystallized from ethyl acetate to obtain 4 2 5 g of pure 1 0, 68%. , (2S)-2-[4-(iodomethyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]-N-methylbutyramine 146 , (2S)-2-[4-(iodine Methyl)-2-oxo-1 -pyrrolidinyl]propanamide 110,(2S)-2-[4-(iodomethyl)-2-oxy-1-pyridinyl]pentanamide 1 05,( 2S ) - 2 - [ 4 -(Bromomethyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl] Butanamine 8, (2S)-2-[4-(chloromethyl)-2 -oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 30 was prepared in a similar manner. 7.1.2. Synthesis of (2S)-2-[2-oxy-4-(phenoxymethyl)-i-u ratio succinyl] butylamine 1 8

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 於配備有磁攪拌器及滴液漏斗之5 〇毫升三頸瓶內於惰 性氣氛下,1克(5毫莫耳,1當量)(2S ) _ 2 _ [心(羥甲基) -2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺6溶解於20毫升之THF及冷 -95- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) 1297682 A7 B7 94 五、發明說明() (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 卻至0°C。5 1 7毫克酚,〇 . 87毫升(960毫克)偶氮二羧酸 二乙酯及1.44克三苯基膦(5.5毫莫耳,ΐ·ι當量)循序加 入其中及混合物攪拌2小時。混合物濃縮至乾及藉製備性 LC純化( 500千克矽膠,二氯甲烷/乙醇,97 .5 : 2 5 )獲 得1 · 1克純1 8,80%,由乙酸乙酯結晶。 7.2.經由取代甲烷磺酸酯之合成 7·2·1. U-[(lS)-l-(胺基羰基)丙基]氧基-3-吡咯 啶基}甲基甲烷磺酸酯37之合成Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperatives are printed in a 5 〇 ml three-necked flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer and a dropping funnel in an inert atmosphere, 1 gram (5 mM, 1 equivalent) (2S) _ 2 _ [Heart (hydroxymethyl)-2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 6 dissolved in 20 ml of THF and cold-95- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 Public Love) 1297682 A7 B7 94 V. INSTRUCTIONS () (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) but go to 0 °C. 5 1 7 mg of phenol, 〇. 87 ml (960 mg) of diethyl azodicarboxylate and 1.44 g of triphenylphosphine (5.5 mmol, ΐ·ι equivalent) were added thereto and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The mixture was concentrated to dryness and purified by preparative EtOAc (EtOAc:EtOAc:EtOAc 7.2. Synthesis via a substituted methanesulfonate 7. 2·1. U-[(lS)-l-(aminocarbonyl)propyl]oxy-3-pyrrolidinyl}methylmethanesulfonate 37 synthesis

於配備有機械攪拌器、滴液漏斗及回流冷凝器之4升 之三頸瓶內於惰性氣氛下,1 1 4克(569毫莫耳,1當量) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 (2S ) - 2 - [ 4 -(羥甲基)-2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶基]丁醯胺6溶解 於2升二氯甲院及冷卻至〇°C。158.5毫升(115克,2當量) 無水三乙基胺一次添加入其中,接著以1小時時間逐滴 加入66.3毫升(96.2克,1 .5當量)甲烷磺醯氯於190毫升 二氯甲烷之溶液,同時維持溫度低於4°C。經4小時後, 加入7 · 5毫升甲烷磺醯氯及1 5毫升三乙基胺及混合物於 冰箱維持隔夜。混合物經過濾,殘餘物以二氯甲烷洗滌 及合倂有機相濃縮至乾獲得2 1 6克粗3 7。分成數批藉製備 性LC純化(1千克矽膠’二氯甲烷/乙醇,1 〇〇 ·· 〇至96 : 4 )獲 得 109 克純 37 , 69%。 -96- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1297682 Α7 Β7 95 五、發明說明() 另外,{ 1 - [( 1 s ) - 1 -(胺基羰基)丙基卜5 _氧基-3 _吡咯 啶基}甲基-4 -甲基苯磺酸酯3 1係以類似方式製備。 7 · 2 · 2 · ( 2S ) - 2 - [ 4 -(疊氮基甲基)· 2 -氧基-1 ·吡咯啶基] 丁醯胺32之合成In a 4-liter three-necked flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a dropping funnel and a reflux condenser, in an inert atmosphere, 141 g (569 mmol, 1 equivalent) printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Cooperatives (2S) - 2 - [ 4 -(Hydroxymethyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 6 was dissolved in 2 liters of dichloromethane and cooled to 〇 ° C. 158.5 ml (115 g, 2 equivalents) of anhydrous triethylamine was added thereto in one portion, followed by dropwise addition of 66.3 ml (96.2 g, 1.5 equivalents) of methanesulfonium chloride in 190 ml of dichloromethane over 1 hour. While maintaining the temperature below 4 °C. After 4 hours, 7.5 ml of methanesulfonium chloride and 15 ml of triethylamine and the mixture were added to the refrigerator overnight. The mixture was filtered, the residue was washed with methylene chloride and EtOAc evaporated Prepared by preparative LC purification (1 kg of decidant 'dichloromethane/ethanol, 1 〇〇 ·· 〇 to 96:4) to obtain 109 g of pure 37, 69%. -96- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1297682 Α7 Β7 95 5. Inventive Note () In addition, { 1 - [( 1 s ) - 1 -(aminocarbonyl) Propyl 5 _oxy-3 _pyrrolidinyl}methyl-4-methylbenzenesulfonate 3 1 was prepared in a similar manner. Synthesis of 7 · 2 · 2 · ( 2S ) - 2 - [ 4 -(azidomethyl)· 2 -oxy-1 ·pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 32

(請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 於配備有機械攪拌器及回流冷凝器之3升三頸瓶內於 惰性氣氛下,89.7克( 322毫莫耳,1當量){iris)」、 胺基羰基)丙基]-5 -氧基-3 -吡咯啶基丨甲基甲烷苯磺酸 酯37溶解於300毫升乙腈。一次加入27.3克(419毫莫耳 ,1 .3當量)疊氮化鈉及150毫升乙腈。混合物以20分鐘 調整至回流及攪拌隔夜。加入3 · 1克(48毫莫耳,0.2當 量)疊氮化鈉及持續回流共計44小時。冷卻至1 〇°C後, 混合物經過濾,沉澱以3x 50毫升乙膪洗滌,合倂有機 部分濃縮至乾獲得77.3克粗32。由150毫升乙酸乙酯於 10°C結晶獲得60克純32,82%。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 另外,(2S )-2-[4-(氟甲基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁 醯胺44, (2S) - 2- [2-氧基-4- ( 1H-四唑-1 -基甲基)-1 -吡 咯啶基]丁醯胺3 9,( 2 S ) - 2 - [ 2 -氧基-4 - ( 1 Η -四唑-1 -基甲 基)-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺 40,(2S)-2-[2-氧基- 4- (1Η-1,2 ,4 -三唑-1 -基甲基)-1 -吡咯啶基]丁醯胺5 5,( 2S ) - 2 - [ 2 -氧基-4 - ( 1 Η - 1,2,3 -三唑-1 -基甲基)-1 -吡咯啶基]丁醯胺 -97- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1297682 五、發明説明(96 ) 56,(2S)-2-{4-[(異丙基硫烷基)甲基]-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶 基丨丁醯胺24,(2S) - 2- [2-氧基- 4-( 1 -吡咯啶基甲基)-1 -吡咯啶基]丁醯胺1 5,( 2S ) - 2 - [ 2 -氧基-4 - ( 4 -硫嗎啉基甲 基)-1 -吡咯啶基]丁醯胺1 7係以類似方式由活化醇衍生物 例如甲烷磺酸酯,甲苯磺酸酯或鹵化物製備。 7.3.其它合成 7 · 3 . 1 ·{ 1 - [( 1 S ) - 1 -(胺基羰基)丙基]-5 -氧基-3 -吡咯 啶基}甲基硝酸酯38之合成(Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page.) In a 3-liter three-necked flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer and reflux condenser, under an inert atmosphere, 89.7 g (322 mAh, 1 equivalent) {iris) , Aminocarbonyl)propyl]-5-oxy-3-pyrrolidinylmethylmethanesulfonate 37 was dissolved in 300 ml of acetonitrile. 27.3 g (419 mmol, 1.3 equivalents) of sodium azide and 150 ml of acetonitrile were added in one portion. The mixture was adjusted to reflux and stirred overnight over 20 minutes. Add 3 · 1 g (48 mmol, 0.2 equivalents) of sodium azide and continue to reflux for a total of 44 hours. After cooling to 1 〇 ° C, the mixture was filtered, washed with EtOAc (EtOAc) EtOAc. Crystallization from 150 ml of ethyl acetate at 10 ° C gave 60 g of pure 32,82%. (2S )-2-[4-(fluoromethyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 44, (2S) - 2- [ 2-oxy-4-(1H-tetrazol-1-ylmethyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 3 9,( 2 S ) - 2 - [ 2 -oxy-4 - ( 1 Η -tetrazole-1 -ylmethyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 40,(2S)-2-[2-oxy-4-(1Η-1,2,4-triazole-1 - Methyl)-1 -pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 5 5,( 2S ) - 2 - [ 2 -oxy-4 - ( 1 Η - 1,2,3 -triazol-1-ylmethyl) -1 -pyrrolidinyl]butanamine-97- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1297682 V. Invention description (96) 56,(2S)-2-{4 -[(isopropylsulfanyl)methyl]-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl agmatine 24,(2S)-2- [2-oxy-4-(1-pyrrolidinyl) Methyl)-1 -pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 1 5,( 2S ) - 2 - [ 2 -oxy-4 -( 4 -thiomorpholinylmethyl)-1 -pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 1 7 is prepared in a similar manner from an activated alcohol derivative such as a methanesulfonate, tosylate or halide. 7.3. Other Synthesis 7 · 3 . 1 ·{ 1 - [( 1 S ) - 1 -(Aminocarbonyl)propyl]-5-oxy-3-pyrrolidinyl}methyl nitrate 38

於配備有機械攪拌器及回流冷凝器及於惰性氣氛下之 500毫升3頸瓶內,8.10克(26毫莫耳,1當量)(2S)-2-[4 -(碘甲基)-2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶基]丁醯胺1 〇溶鮮於2 5 〇毫 升二腈。加入4.86克(28.6毫莫耳,1 . 1當量)硝酸銀,混 合物調整至回流。2小時後,加入4 4 0毫克(2 . 8毫莫耳, 0 · 1當量)及共持續回流4小時。冷卻後混合物濃縮至乾及 藉製備性LC純化(200克矽膠,二氯甲烷/甲醇/氫氧化銨, 96 : 5 · 4 : 0.6 )獲得5 · 7克粗3 · 8。由50毫升乙酸乙酯再結晶 獲得4 . 1 3克純3 8,6 5 %。 7 · 3 · 2 . 2 - { 4 -[(苄氧)甲基]_ 2 -氧基-丨-吡咯啶基} 丁醯胺 1 53 / 1 54之合成 -98- 1297682 A7 B7 97 五、發明說明()8.10 g (26 mmol, 1 equivalent) (2S)-2-[4-(iodomethyl)-2 in a 500 ml 3-neck flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer and reflux condenser under an inert atmosphere. -oxy-1 -pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 1 oxime is dissolved in 25 ml of dinitrile. 4.86 g (28.6 mmoles, 1.1 equivalents) of silver nitrate was added and the mixture was adjusted to reflux. After 2 hours, 4,400 mg (2.8 mmol, 0. 1 equivalent) was added and a total of 4 hours was continuously refluxed. After cooling, the mixture was concentrated to dryness and purified by preparative LC (200 g, methylene chloride/methanol/methanol. Recrystallization from 50 ml of ethyl acetate gave 4.13 g of pure 358. 7 · 3 · 2 . 2 - { 4 -[(benzyloxy)methyl]_ 2 -oxy-indole-pyrrolidinyl} Butanamine 1 53 / 1 54 Synthesis -98- 1297682 A7 B7 97 V. Description of the invention ()

7 · 3 . 2 . a . ( 2S ) - 2 -丨4 -[(苄氧)甲基]-2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶 基}丁酸第三丁酯之合成 於配備有磁攪拌器及回流冷凝器且於惰性氣氛下之 100毫升3頸瓶內,1.1克(60%,2 7. 5毫莫耳,1.1當量) 氫化鈉懸浮於60毫升DMF,混合物冷卻至0°C,小心加入 6.37克(24.8毫莫耳,1當量)(2S)-2-[4-(羥甲基)-2-氧 基-1-吡咯啶基]丁酸第三丁酯398於10毫升DMF。10分鐘 後,加入3.3毫升(4.75克,27.8毫莫耳,1當量)苄基溴 於10毫升DMF及於0°C持續攪拌30分鐘,接著於室溫攪拌 3小時。混合物濃縮至乾,殘餘物懸浮於鹽水/二氯甲烷 ,傾析及以二氯甲烷萃取。合倂有機相以硫酸鎂脫水, 濃縮至乾及殘餘物藉製備性LC純化(1千克矽膠,己烷/ MTBE,40: 60至0: 100)獲得3.2克第三丁酯及苄酯混合物 於二洗提分,37%總產率。就此用於次一步驟7 . 3 . 1 . b。 4 NMR(250MHz, (CDCl3):0.85(t,3H),1.44(s,9H),1.55 -1.95(m,2H),2.10 (dd,lH),2.45(dd,lH),2.55-2.70(m ,lH),3.45-3.55(m,lH) , 4.40(dd,lH),4.55(s,2H), 7.20-7.40(m,5H)。 7.3.2.b· 2-(4-[(苄氧)甲基]-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基} 丁醯 胺153之合成 -99- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝---- ·11111 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1297682 A7 B7 五、發明說明(^) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 於配備有磁攪拌器及回流冷凝器且於惰性氣氛下之50 毫升3頸瓶內,1 . 75克苄酯豐富洗提分溶解於20毫升甲 醇。然後氣態氨通過溶液及飽和溶液於室溫維持24小時, 同時偶爾再度以氨飽和。反應完成後,溶液濃縮至乾及藉 製備性LC(1千克矽膠,二氯甲烷/甲醇,98:2至90:10) 純化獲得兩種非對映異構物。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 於配備有磁攪拌器及回流冷凝器且於惰性氣氛下之25 毫升3頸瓶內,1 . 24克第三丁酯豐富洗提分溶解於1 6毫升 二氯甲烷/三氟乙酸之1:1混合物,及於〇-5°C維持24小 時。溶液濃縮至乾,殘餘物溶解於1 〇毫升二氯甲烷。加 入1 . 2毫升(2 . 2理論當量),及混合物冷卻至-2 0 °C。逐 滴加入780微升氯甲酸乙酯,任混合物以1 . 5小時時間緩 慢溫熱至-1 (TC。氣態氨通過溶液歷〇 . 5小時,混合物於 室溫維持隔夜。經過濾,沉澱以二氯甲烷洗滌,合倂有 機洗提分濃縮至乾及藉製備性LC純化(1千克矽膠,二氯 甲烷/甲醇,98:2至90: 10)獲得兩種非對映異構物。兩回 合所得第一及第二洗提非對映異構物經合倂及由甲苯結 晶分別獲得305毫克純153及480毫克純154,11%總產 率。 7.3.3. (2S)-2-{4-[(5 -甲基-1H-1,2,3-三唑-1-基)甲7 · 3 . 2 . a . ( 2S ) - 2 -丨 4 -[(benzyloxy)methyl]-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl}butyric acid tert-butylate synthesized with magnetic stirring And a reflux condenser and a 100 ml 3-necked flask under an inert atmosphere, 1.1 g (60%, 27.5 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) of sodium hydride suspended in 60 ml of DMF, and the mixture was cooled to 0 ° C. Carefully added 6.37 g (24.8 mmol, 1 equivalent) of (2S)-2-[4-(hydroxymethyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butyric acid tert-butyl ester 398 in 10 mL of DMF . After 10 minutes, 3.3 ml (4.75 g, 27.8 mmol, 1 equivalent) of benzyl bromide was added to 10 ml of DMF and stirring was continued at 0 ° C for 30 minutes, followed by stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. The mixture was concentrated to dryness. The combined organic phase is dehydrated with magnesium sulfate, concentrated to dryness and the residue is purified by preparative LC (1 kg EtOAc, hexane / MTBE, 40: 60 to 0: 100) to give a mixture of butyl butyl ester and benzyl ester. Two wash points, 37% total yield. This is used for the next step 7 . 3 . 1 . b. 4 NMR (250MHz, (CDCl3): 0.85 (t, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.55 - 1.95 (m, 2H), 2.10 (dd, lH), 2.45 (dd, lH), 2.55-2.70 ( m , lH), 3.45-3.55 (m, lH), 4.40 (dd, lH), 4.55 (s, 2H), 7.20-7.40 (m, 5H) 7.3.2.b· 2-(4-[( Synthesis of benzyloxy)methyl]-2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl}butanamine 153-99- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (please read first) Precautions on the back side Fill in this page) - Pack---- · 11111 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1297682 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (^) (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page) In a 50 ml 3-neck flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer and a reflux condenser under an inert atmosphere, 1.75 g of the benzyl ester rich elution fraction was dissolved in 20 ml of methanol, then the gaseous ammonia was passed through the solution and the saturated solution at room temperature. Maintained for 24 hours, and occasionally saturated with ammonia again. After the reaction is completed, the solution is concentrated to dryness and purified by preparative LC (1 kg oxime, dichloromethane/methanol, 98:2 to 90:10) to obtain two kinds of diastereomers. Isomers. Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office employees The consumer cooperative was printed in a 25 ml 3-neck flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer and a reflux condenser under an inert atmosphere, and 1. 24 g of the third butyl ester rich elution fraction was dissolved in 16 ml of dichloromethane/trifluoro a 1:1 mixture of acetic acid, and maintained at 〇-5 ° C for 24 hours. The solution was concentrated to dryness and the residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (1 ml). To -20 ° C. Add 780 μl of ethyl chloroformate dropwise, and let the mixture slowly warm to -1 (TC) for 1.5 hours. Gaseous ammonia is passed through the solution for 5 hours. The mixture is maintained at room temperature. After filtration, the precipitate was washed with dichloromethane, and the combined organic extracts were concentrated to dryness and purified by preparative LC (1 kg EtOAc, methylene chloride/methanol, 98:2 to 90:10). The enantiomers were obtained by combining the first and second eluting diastereomers obtained in two rounds and crystallization from toluene to obtain 305 mg of pure 153 and 480 mg of pure 154, 11% of the total yield, respectively. (2S)-2-{4-[(5-Methyl-1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)-

-100--100-

基]-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基)丁醯胺52之合成 nW:n· 32々 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1297682 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 99 五、發明說明() 於配備有磁攪拌器及回流冷凝器且於惰性氣氛下之50 毫升3頸瓶內,1克(4.44毫莫耳,1當量)(2S)-2-[4-(疊 氮基甲基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺32懸浮於20毫升 甲苯。加入1.55克(4.88毫莫耳,1.1當量)1-(三苯基亞 磷烷基)丙酮,及混合物加熱至80°C歷24小時。冷卻後 ,混合物濃縮至乾及藉製備性LC純化(1千克矽膠,二氯 甲烷/甲醇/氫氧化銨,94 · 5 : 5 : 0 · 5 )。懸浮於1 5毫升水及 凍乾獲得240毫克純52呈澄淸油,42%。 7.3.4. (2S)-2-[4-(異硫氛酸基甲基)-2 -氣基-1-Π比D各 啶基]丁醯胺49之合成Synthesis of benzyl]-2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl)butanamine 52 nW:n· 32々 This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1297682 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative 99 V. INSTRUCTIONS () 1 g (4.44 mmol, 1 eq.) in a 50 ml 3-neck flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer and reflux condenser under an inert atmosphere ( 2S)-2-[4-(Azidomethyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 32 was suspended in 20 ml of toluene. 1.55 g (4.88 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) of 1-(triphenylphosphinoalkyl)acetone was added, and the mixture was heated to 80 ° C for 24 hours. After cooling, the mixture was concentrated to dryness and purified by preparative LC (1 kg of EtOAc, methylene chloride/methanol / ammonium hydroxide, 94. 5: 5: 0. 5). Suspended in 15 ml of water and lyophilized to obtain 240 mg of pure 52 cumin oil, 42%. 7.3.4. Synthesis of (2S)-2-[4-(isothioacylmethyl)-2-yl-1-ylidene-1 D-pyridyl]butanamine 49

於500毫升壓力瓶內於惰性氣氛下,900毫克10%纪口及 附於木炭懸浮於100毫升乙醇。加入8.7克(38毫莫耳) (2S )-2 -[4-(疊氮基甲基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺 32於150毫升乙醇之溶液及混合物於巴爾氫化器於最高 3 0 p s 1氫壓下氫化2小時。混合物經除氣,於西萊特/諾萊 特襯墊過濾,殘餘物以2x 100毫升乙醇洗滌及合倂濾液 濃縮至乾獲得7 · 9 3克粗4 1 2 , 1 00%產率,就此用於次一步 驟。GC/MS : 199(M+)。 7.3.4.a. (2S)-2-[4-(異硫氰酸基甲基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯 啶基]丁醯胺49之合成 -101- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ----------------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 1297682 ____B7__ 100 五、發明說明() 於配備有磁攪拌器及回流冷凝器且於惰性氣氛下之1 00 毫升3頸瓶內,4 · 5克(22 . 7毫莫耳,1當量)硫羰基咪唑溶 解於25毫升DMF,混合物冷卻至Ot:。以30分鐘時間逐滴 加入4.53克(22.7毫莫耳,1當量)(2S)-2-[4-(胺基甲基) -2 -氧基-1 -吡略啶基]丁醯胺4 1 2於25毫升DMF,混合物於 室溫攬拌3小時及放置隔夜。混合物濃縮至乾,殘餘物 溶解於20毫升甲苯,再度濃縮至乾,殘餘物藉製備性LC 純化(3 5 0克矽膠,二氯甲烷/甲醇/氫氧化銨,9 3 . 4 : 6 : 0.6)獲得3. 1克粗49。於20毫升醚硏製,過濾及殘餘物 (1 · 9克)由15毫升乙腈結晶獲得1 . 2克純49( 22%)。 下表顯示之式I化合物可以類似方式或如此處它處所 述方式製備。 表中,立體化學資訊含於兩欄標頭爲「組態資料」。 第二欄表示化合物是否不具有立體產生中心(非像合), 純對映異構物(純),外消旋混合物(外消旋)或兩種或多 種立體異構物可能爲不等比例之混合物(混合物)。第一 欄含有各個已經被辨識出的中心之立體化學標示,接著 爲前一欄使用的IUPAC編號。單獨編號表示兩種組態皆存 在於該中心。編號接著爲^ R」或「S」表示該中心已知 之絕對組態。編號後面接著「§」表示於該中心僅存在 有一個但未知的絕對組態。前方字母(A,B,C,D)係區別同 一結構式的各個對映異構物或外消旋混合物。 表中,大半熔點係藉DSC曲線起點決定。當標示視覺( 熔化計)熔點時,該値以括弧表示。 -102- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1297682 A7 B7 五、發明說明(1()i 表中,欄「合成編號」表示實際用於最重要化合物之 合成。可能需要略微變化才能獲得類似化合物。此等修 改係屬於有機合成業界人士之技巧範圍。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -103- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)In a 500 ml pressure bottle, under an inert atmosphere, 900 mg of 10% ginseng and attached to charcoal were suspended in 100 ml of ethanol. Add 8.7 g (38 mmol) of (2S)-2-[4-(azidomethyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 32 in 150 ml of ethanol and a mixture of The Bar hydrogenator was hydrogenated for 2 hours at a hydrogen pressure of up to 30 ps 1 . The mixture was degassed, filtered over a pad of Celite/Nollet, and the residue was washed with 2×100 ml of ethanol and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness to obtain 7·9 3 g of crude 4 1 2 , 100% yield. The next step. GC/MS: 199 (M+). 7.3.4.a. Synthesis of (2S)-2-[4-(isothiocyanatomethyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 49 -101- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 mm) ----------------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) A7 1297682 ____B7__ 100 V. DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION () In a 100 ml 3-necked flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer and a reflux condenser under an inert atmosphere, 4 · 5 g (22.7 mmol, 1 equivalent) of thiocarbonyl imidazole was dissolved in 25 ml DMF, the mixture is cooled to Ot:. 4.53 g (22.7 mmol, 1 equivalent) of (2S)-2-[4-(aminomethyl)-2-ethoxy-1 -pyrrolidinyl]butanamine 4 was added dropwise over 30 minutes. 1 2 in 25 ml of DMF, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and placed overnight. The mixture was concentrated to dryness. EtOAc m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m Obtained 3. 1 g of crude 49. 2 g of pure 49 (22%) was obtained by crystallization from 15 ml of ether, filtration and residue (1·9 g) from 15 ml of acetonitrile. The compounds of formula I shown in the table below can be prepared in a similar manner or as described elsewhere herein. In the table, the three-dimensional chemical information is included in the two column headers as "Configuration Data". The second column indicates whether the compound does not have a stereogenic center (non-image), the pure enantiomer (pure), the racemic mixture (racemic) or two or more stereoisomers may be in unequal proportions. a mixture (mixture). The first column contains the stereochemistry of each identified center, followed by the IUPAC number used in the previous column. A separate number indicates that both configurations exist in the center. The number followed by ^ R" or "S" indicates the absolute configuration known to the center. The number followed by "§" indicates that there is only one but unknown absolute configuration at the center. The forward letters (A, B, C, D) distinguish between individual enantiomers or racemic mixtures of the same structural formula. In the table, the majority of the melting point is determined by the starting point of the DSC curve. When the visual melting point is indicated, the 値 is indicated by brackets. -102- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) --------^--------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill in On this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1297682 A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (1()i In the table, the column "Synthesis Number" indicates the actual synthesis for the most important compounds. It may take a slight change to obtain a similar Compounds. These modifications are within the skill range of the organic synthesis industry. (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page.) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed -103- This paper scale applies to Chinese National Standards (CNS) )A4 size (210 X 297 mm)

Claims (1)

1細82 六、申請專利範圍 第901 05824號「2-氧基-1-吡咯啶衍生物,其製法及用途 」專利案 ( 2008年3月修正) 六、申請專利範圍 1 種具有式I之化合物,1 细 82 VI. Patent application No. 901 05824 "2-oxy-1-pyrrolidine derivative, its preparation method and use" patent case (amended in March 2008) VI. Patent application scope 1 with formula I Compound, 其中 X爲-C〇NR5R6 ; R2、R2a、R4及R4a各自爲氫; A2爲氧; R1爲氫;Ci-6院基或- CH2-Rla其中尺“爲芳基; R3爲Cl-6院基、C2.6燦基、C2.6快基、苯基、嚷口坐 基、噻吩基、呋喃基、吡咯基、吡啶基、Cw烷硫 基、芳基磺醯氧基、芳基磺醯基; R3a爲氫或Cm烷基; R5及R6爲氫;以及 其中 Cm烷基可經1至5個獨立選自由鹵素、四唑基、苯 基、乙烯基、硝氧基、醯基、異硫氰酸基所組群組之 取代基取代; 1297682 六、申請專利範圍 本基可經1個或以上選自鹵素、本基、焼氧基、完 基或疊氮基之取代基取代; C2-6烯基及C2·6炔基可經至少1個鹵素取代;以及 但當化合物爲異構物混合物時,x爲 -C〇NR5R6,以及R1爲氫,甲基,乙基或丙基 時,則批咯啶環上的取代非爲一 _、二.甲基 或一-乙基;以及當R1及R31爲氫及X爲 -CONR5R6時,R3非爲甲基或於對位由鹵原子 取代之苯基;且式I之化合物不爲: (2S)-2-[(4R)-2-氧基-4-丙基吡咯啶基]丁醯胺;以 及 (2S)-2-[(4S)-2 -氧基-4-丙基吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; 或其醫藥可接受性鹽。 2. 如申請專利範圍第1項之化合物,其中Ri爲氫或Cl.6烷 基。 3. 如申請專利範圍第1項之化合物,其中R1爲乙基。 4·如申請專利範圍第1項之化合物,其中R3a爲氫。 5.如申請專利範圍第1項之化合物,其中R3爲選自G-6-烷基及鹵烯基之取代基。 6 ·如申請專利範圍第1項之化合物,其係呈純對映異構 體。 7·如申請專利範圍第1項之化合物,其當R1附接至碳原 子爲非對稱時,則係呈「S」組態。 8·如申請專利範圍第1項之化合物,其係選自 1297682 六、申請專利範圍 (2S)-2-[4-(溴甲基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; (2S)-2-[(4R)-4-(碘甲基)-2-氧基吡咯啶基]丁醯 胺; (2S)-2-(2-氧基-4-苯基-卜吡咯啶基)丁醯胺; (2S)-2-[4-(碘甲基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; (23)-2-[4-(氯甲基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; {1-[(1S)-1_(胺基羰基)丙基]-5-氧基-3-吡咯啶基} 甲基-4-甲基苯磺酸酯; (2S)-2-[(4R)-4-(疊氮基甲基)-2-氧基吡咯啶基] 丁醯胺; 2-[4-(2,2-二溴乙烯基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; {l-[(lS)-l-(胺基羰基)丙基]-5 -氧基-3-吡咯啶基} 甲基硝酸酯; (2S) -2· [2-氧基-4- (1H-四唑-;l -基甲基)· 1 -吡咯啶 基]丁醯胺; 2 - ( 2 -氧基-4 -乙烯基-:1 -吡咯啶基)丁醯胺; 2-{2-氧基-4-[(苯基磺醯基)甲基]-1-吡咯啶基}丁 醯胺;. (2S)-2-[(4R )-4-(2,2-二溴乙烯基)-2-氧基吡咯啶 基]丁醯胺; (2S) - 2- [ (4S) - 4- (2,2-二溴乙烯基)-2-氧基吡咯啶 基]丁醯胺; (2S ) - 2 ·[ 4 -(異硫氰酸基甲基)-2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶基] 1297682 六、申請專利範圍 丁醯胺; 2-[2-氧基-4-(1,3-噻唑-2-基)-1 吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; (2S )-2-[2-氧基-4-(2-噻吩基)-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; (2S)-2-[4-(2-甲氧苯基)-2-氧基-卜吡咯啶基]丁 醯胺; (2S)-2-[4-(3 -甲氧苯基)-2 -氧基-卜吡咯啶基]丁 醯胺; (2S)-2-[4-(4-疊氮基苯基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基] 丁醯胺; (%)-2-[2-氧基-4-(3-噻吩基)-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; (2S)-2_[4-(3-疊氮基苯基)-2-氧基-卜吡咯啶基] 丁醯胺; (2S)-2-[2-氧基-4-(3-噻吩基)-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; (23)-2-[(43)-2-氧基_4-乙烯基吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; (2S)-2-[(4R)-2-氧基-4-乙烯基吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; 2-[4-(2 -溴苯基)_2 -氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; 2-[(2-氧基-4- (3·吡啶基)-1-吡咯啶基)丁醯胺; (2S ) - 2 - ( 4 - [ 1,r -聯苯]-4 -基-2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶 基)丁醯胺; (2S )-2-{4-[(甲基硫烷基)甲基]-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶 基}丁醯胺; 1 2 - [ 4 -(碘甲基)-2 -氧基-;1 -吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; (2S)-2_ [(4R)-4-(碘甲基)-2·氧基-1-吡咯啶基]戊 -4 - 1297682 六、申請專利範圍 醯胺; (2S)-2-[(4R)-4-(碘甲基)-2-氧基吡咯啶基]丙醯胺; 2· (2-氧基-4-丙基、1 -吡咯啶基)丙醯胺; 2-( 2-氧基-4-丙基-1-吡咯啶基)丁醯胺; 2 - ( 2 -氧基-4 -戊基-1 -吡咯啶基)丁醯胺; (23)-2-[(41〇-4-(碘甲基)-2-氧基吡咯啶基]-1^甲 基丁醯胺; (2S ) - 2 - ( 4 -新戊基-2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶基)丁醯胺; (2S)-2-(4-乙基-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基)丁醯胺; 2-[4-(2,2-二氟乙基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; 2-{4-[(2)-2-氟乙烯基]-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基}丁醯胺; 2-[4-(2·甲基-1-丙烯基)-2-氧基-1·吡咯啶基]丁 醯胺; 2 - ( 4 - 丁基· 2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶基)丁醯胺; 2 - [ 4 -(環丙基甲基)-2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; 2-(4 -異丁基-2-氣基-1-D比略Π定基)丁釀胺, 2-[4-(4 -氯苯基)-2 -氧基-1-吡咯啶.基]丁醯胺; 2-[4-(3 -氯苯基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; 2-{2-氧基-4-[2-(三氟甲基)苯基]-卜吡咯啶基}丁 醯胺; 2-[4-(2 -氟苯基)·2 -氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; 2 _[ 4 - ( 3 -甲基苯基)-2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; (2S)-2-[2-氧基- 4-(2-苯基乙基)-1-吡咯啶基]丁 1297682 六、申請專利範圍 醯胺; (2S)-2-[4-(3-溴苯基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; 2-{4-[3,5 -貳(三氟甲基)苯基]-2-氧基-卜吡咯啶 基} 丁醯胺;. 2-[4-(3,4-二氯苯基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; 2-[4-(2,4-二氯苯基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; 2 - [ 4 - ( 2 -呋喃基)-2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; (2S)-2-[2·氧基- 4-(3-苯基丙基)-1-吡咯啶基]丁 醯胺; (2S)-2-[4-(3,5-二溴苯基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基] 丁醯胺; 2-[4-(3,4-二氯苯基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; 2 - ( 2 -氧基-4 -丙基-1-卩比咯11定基)丁釀胺; 2 ·[ 4 - ( 3 -氯苯基)-2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; 2 - ( 4 -乙炔基-2 -氧基-卜吡咯啶基)丁醯胺; 2-[4-(2 -氟苯基)-2 -氧基-1·吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; 2 - [ 4 - ( 2 -氟苯基)· 2 -氧基-1 -吡咯卩定基]丁醯胺; (2S)-2-[4-(環丙基甲基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁 醯胺; (2S)-2-[ (4S)-4-(2,2-二氟乙烯基)-2-氧基吡咯啶 基]丁醯胺、 (23)-2-[2-氧基-4-(3,3,3-三氟丙基)-1-吡咯啶基] 丁醯胺; 1297682 六、申請專利範圍 2-[4-(3 -甲基苯基)_2 -氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; (2S)-2-[4-(環丙基甲基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁 醯胺; .(2S)-2-[(4R )-4-(2,2-二氟乙烯基)-2-氧基吡咯啶 基]丁醯胺; (2S) - 2- [2 -氧基-4- ( 1H -吡咯-1 -基)-1 -吡咯啶基] 丁醯胺; (2S)-2-(4-烯丙基-2-氧基-卜吡咯啶基)丁醯胺; (2S)-2-[4-(2-碘丙基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; (2S)-2-(4-烯丙基-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基)丁醯胺; (23)-2-[2-氧基-4-(2-氧基丙基)-1-吡咯啶基]丁 醯胺; (23)-2-[4-(2-溴-111-吡咯-1-基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯 啶基]丁醯胺; (2S)-2-(4-甲基-2-氧基-4-丙基-1-吡咯啶基)丁醯胺; (21〇-2-[4-(2,2-二氯乙烯基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基] 丁醯胺; 2 - [ 4 -(溴乙炔基)· 2 -氧基-1 -吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; 2- [(4S)-4-(2,2-二氟丙基)-2-氧基吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; (2S)-2-[4-(溴乙炔基)-2-氧基-1-吡咯啶基]丁醯胺; * 2-(2-氧基-4-丙基-1-吡咯啶基)戊醯胺; 3- 環丙基-2-(2-氧基-4-丙基-1-吡咯啶基)丙醯胺; 2 - ( 2 -氧基-4 -丙基-1 -吡咯啶基)-3 - ( 1,3 -噻唑-4 - Ϊ297682 ^、申請專利範圍 基)丙醯胺;以及 2 - ( 2 ·氧基-4 ·丙基-1 -吡咯啶基)-4 -戊烯醯胺; 包括全部異構物形式及其混合物或其醫藥可接受鹽。 9· 一種用於需要治療之哺乳動物體治療癲癇、癲癇發 作、發作病症、抽搐及其它神經病症包括兩極性病 症、躁症、鬱症、焦慮、偏頭痛、三叉神經痛、慢性 疼痛、神經病變疼痛之醫藥組成物,包括至少如申請 專利範圍第1至8項中任一項之化合物。 i〇·如申請專利範圍第9項之醫藥組成物,其中式I化合物 爲如申請專利範圍第8項之化合物。 11.如申請專利範圍第9或10項之醫藥組成物,其用於治 療癲癇、鹡經病變疼痛、兩極性症或偏頭痛。 12·—種式AA-II之化合物,Wherein X is -C〇NR5R6; R2, R2a, R4 and R4a are each hydrogen; A2 is oxygen; R1 is hydrogen; Ci-6 yard or -CH2-Rla where the ruler is "aryl"; R3 is Cl-6 Base, C2.6 cantyl, C2.6 fast radical, phenyl, sulfhydryl, thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, pyridyl, Cw alkylthio, arylsulfonyloxy, arylsulfonyl R3a is hydrogen or Cm alkyl; R5 and R6 are hydrogen; and wherein Cm alkyl may be independently selected from halo, tetrazolyl, phenyl, vinyl, nitroxyl, decyl, iso Substituted by a group of thiocyanate groups; 1297682 VI. Scope of Application The group may be substituted by one or more substituents selected from halogen, benzyl, decyloxy, benzyl or azide; C2 -6 alkenyl and C2·6 alkynyl may be substituted with at least one halogen; and when the compound is a mixture of isomers, x is -C〇NR5R6, and R1 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl or propyl , the substitution on the batch of the pyridyl ring is not a mono-, di-methyl or mono-ethyl; and when R1 and R31 are hydrogen and X is -CONR5R6, R3 is not methyl or in the para position by a halogen atom Substituted phenyl; and the combination of formula I Not: (2S)-2-[(4R)-2-oxy-4-propylpyrrolidinyl]butanamine; and (2S)-2-[(4S)-2-oxy-4- Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 2. A compound according to claim 1, wherein Ri is hydrogen or a C.6 alkyl group. And a compound of claim 1, wherein R3a is hydrogen. 5. A compound according to claim 1, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of G-6-alkyl and a substituent of a haloalkenyl group. 6. The compound of claim 1 which is a pure enantiomer. 7. The compound of claim 1 wherein R1 is attached to a carbon atom In the case of asymmetry, it is in the "S" configuration. 8. The compound of claim 1 is selected from the group 1927682. Patent application (2S)-2-[4-(bromomethyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl] (2S)-2-[(4R)-4-(iodomethyl)-2-oxypyrrolidinyl]butanamine; (2S)-2-(2-oxy-4-phenyl- (2S)-2-[4-(iodomethyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; (23)-2-[4-(chlorine) Methyl)-2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; {1-[(1S)-1_(aminocarbonyl)propyl]-5-oxy-3-pyrrolidinyl}methyl -4-methylbenzenesulfonate; (2S)-2-[(4R)-4-(azidomethyl)-2-oxypyrrolidinyl]butanamine; 2-[4-(2 ,2-dibromovinyl)-2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; {l-[(lS)-l-(aminocarbonyl)propyl]-5-oxy-3- Pyrrolidinyl}methyl nitrate; (2S) -2· [2-oxy-4-(1H-tetrazole-; l-ylmethyl)· 1 -pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; 2 - ( 2-ethoxy-4-vinyl-:1-pyrrolidinyl)butanamine; 2-{2-oxy-4-[(phenylsulfonyl)methyl]-1-pyrrolidinyl} Guanidine; (2S)-2-[(4R )-4-(2,2-dibromovinyl)-2-oxypyrrolidinyl]butanamine; (2S) - 2- [(4S) - 4-(2,2-dibromovinyl)-2-oxypyrrolidinyl]butanamine; (2S) - 2 ·[ 4 -(isothiocyanate) Methyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl] 1297682 VI. Patent application: Butylamine; 2-[2-Oxo-4-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-1pyrrole (2S)-2-[2-oxy-4-(2-thienyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; (2S)-2-[4-(2- Methoxyphenyl)-2-oxo-pyrrolidyl]butanamine; (2S)-2-[4-(3-methoxyphenyl)-2-oxy-pyrrolidinyl]butane (2S)-2-[4-(4-azidophenyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; (%)-2-[2-oxy-4- (3-thienyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; (2S)-2_[4-(3-azidophenyl)-2-oxy-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; 2S)-2-[2-oxy-4-(3-thienyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; (23)-2-[(43)-2-oxy_4-vinyl Pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; (2S)-2-[(4R)-2-oxo-4-vinylpyrrolidinyl]butanamine; 2-[4-(2-bromophenyl)_2 Oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; 2-[(2-oxy-4-(3.pyridyl)-1-pyrrolidyl)butanamine; (2S) - 2 - ( 4 - [ 1,r -biphenyl]-4-yl-2-oxo-1 -pyrrolidinyl)butanamine; (2S)-2-{4-[(methylsulfanyl)methyl]-2-oxy- 1-pyrrolidinyl}butanamine; 1 2 -[ 4 -(iodomethyl)-2-oxy-; 1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; (2S)-2_ [(4R)-4- (Iodomethyl)-2.oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]pent-4 - 1297682 VI. Patent application range of decylamine; (2S)-2-[(4R)-4-(iodomethyl)-2 -oxypyrrolidinyl]propanamine; 2·(2-oxy-4-propyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl)propanamine; 2-(2-oxy-4-propyl-1-pyrrole Butyryl)butanamine; 2 -(2-oxy-4-pentyl-1-pyrrolidinyl)butanamine; (23)-2-[(41〇-4-(iodomethyl)-2 -oxypyrrolidinyl]-1^methylbutyramine; (2S)-2-(4-pentopent-2-yloxy-1-pyrrolidinyl)butanamine; (2S)-2- (4-ethyl-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl)butanamine; 2-[4-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butane Amine; 2-{4-[(2)-2-fluorovinyl]-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl}butanamine; 2-[4-(2.methyl-1-propenyl) -2-oxy-1·pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; 2 -( 4 -butyl-2-oxy-1 -pyrrolidinyl)butanamine; 2 - [4-(cyclopropylmethyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; 2-(4-isobutyl-2-yl-1-yl-l-l-butyryl) Amine, 2-[4-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; 2-[4-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-oxy-1 -pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; 2-{2-oxy-4-[2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-pyrrolidinyl}butanamine; 2-[4-(2-fluoro Phenyl)·2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; 2 _[ 4 -( 3 -methylphenyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; (2S )-2-[2-oxy-4-(2-phenylethyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl]butyl 1297682 6. Patent application range of decylamine; (2S)-2-[4-(3-bromo) Phenyl)-2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; 2-{4-[3,5-fluorenyl(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-oxy-pyrrolidinyl} Butylamine; 2-[4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; 2-[4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl) -2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; 2-[4-(2-furyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; (2S)-2- [2.oxy-4-(3-phenylpropyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; (2S)-2-[4-(3,5-dibromophenyl)-2-oxo Base-1-pyridyl Butyryl]butanamine; 2-[4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; 2 - (2-oxy-4-propyl) -1-卩β11 base) butylamine; 2 ·[ 4 -( 3 -chlorophenyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; 2 - ( 4 -ethynyl-2 -oxy-pyrrolidyl)butanamine; 2-[4-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-oxy-1.pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; 2 - [ 4 - ( 2 -fluoro Phenyl)·2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; (2S)-2-[4-(cyclopropylmethyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine (2S)-2-[(4S)-4-(2,2-difluorovinyl)-2-oxypyrrolidinyl]butanamine, (23)-2-[2-oxy-4 -(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; 1297682 VI. Patent application 2-[4-(3-methylphenyl)_2-oxy-1- (2S)-2-[4-(cyclopropylmethyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; (2S)-2-[(4R )-4-(2,2-difluorovinyl)-2-oxypyrrolidinyl]butanamine; (2S) - 2-[2-oxy-4-(1H-pyrrole-1-yl) -1 -pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; (2S)-2-(4-allyl-2-oxy-pyrrolidyl)butanamine (2S)-2-[4-(2-Iodopropyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; (2S)-2-(4-allyl-2-oxy- 1-pyrrolidinyl)butanamine; (23)-2-[2-oxy-4-(2-oxypropyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; (23)-2-[ 4-(2-bromo-111-pyrrol-1-yl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; (2S)-2-(4-methyl-2-oxy-4- Propyl-1-pyrrolidyl)butanamine; (21〇-2-[4-(2,2-dichlorovinyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; 2 - [4-(Bromoethynyl)·2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; 2-[(4S)-4-(2,2-difluoropropyl)-2-oxypyrrolidine Butylamine; (2S)-2-[4-(bromoethynyl)-2-oxy-1-pyrrolidinyl]butanamine; * 2-(2-oxy-4-propyl- 1-pyrrolidinyl)pentaamine; 3-cyclopropyl-2-(2-oxy-4-propyl-1-pyrrolidinyl)propanamine; 2 - (2-oxy-4-propane) Benzyl-1 -pyrrolidinyl-3 - ( 1,3 -thiazol-4 - Ϊ 297682 ^, the base of the patent application) acrylamide; and 2 - ( 2 · oxy-4 · propyl - 1 - pyrrolidine (4-)-pentenylamine; includes all isomeric forms and mixtures thereof or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. 9. A mammalian body in need of treatment for epilepsy, seizures, seizure disorders, convulsions and other neurological disorders including bipolar disorder, snoring, depression, anxiety, migraine, trigeminal neuralgia, chronic pain, neuropathic pain A pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one of the compounds of claims 1 to 8. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 9, wherein the compound of the formula I is a compound as in claim 8 of the patent application. 11. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 9 or 10 for use in the treatment of epilepsy, dysmenorrhea, bipolar disorder or migraine. 12·—a compound of the formula AA-II, 其中X、Ri、R2、R3、R4、R2a、Π R4a定義如申請專 利範圍第1項以及Q1爲Cl.6烷基。 1 3·如申請專利範圍第12項之化合物,其係選自由3-({[(ια-ι-(胺基羰基)丙基]胺基}甲基)己酸乙酯鹽酸 鹽、3-({[(1幻_1-(胺基羰基)丙基]胺基}甲基)己酸丁酯 1297682 六、申請專利範圍 鹽酸鹽及3-({[(15&gt;1-(胺基羰基)丙基]胺基}甲基)己酸 異丙酯鹽酸鹽所組群組,包括全部異構物形式及其混 合物或其醫藥可接受鹽。Wherein X, Ri, R2, R3, R4, R2a, and R4a are as defined in the first item of the patent application range and Q1 is a C.6 alkyl group. A compound according to claim 12, which is selected from the group consisting of ethyl 3-({[(ια-ι-(aminocarbonyl)propyl)amino)methyl)hexanoate hydrochloride, 3 -({[(1 幻_1-(aminocarbonyl)propyl)amino}methyl) butyl hexanoate 1297682 6. Patentized range of hydrochloride and 3-({[(15&gt;1-(amine) Group of carbonylcarbonyl)propyl]amino}methyl)hexanoic acid isopropyl esters, including all isomeric forms and mixtures thereof or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
TW90105824A 2001-03-13 2001-03-13 2-oxo-1-pyrrolidine derivatives, processes for preparing them and their uses TWI297682B (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
TW90105824A TWI297682B (en) 2001-03-13 2001-03-13 2-oxo-1-pyrrolidine derivatives, processes for preparing them and their uses

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
TW90105824A TWI297682B (en) 2001-03-13 2001-03-13 2-oxo-1-pyrrolidine derivatives, processes for preparing them and their uses

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TWI297682B true TWI297682B (en) 2008-06-11

Family

ID=45069179

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW90105824A TWI297682B (en) 2001-03-13 2001-03-13 2-oxo-1-pyrrolidine derivatives, processes for preparing them and their uses

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI297682B (en)

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR100816185B1 (en) 2-oxo-1-pyrrolidine derivatives, processes for preparing them and their uses
AU2001252144A1 (en) 2-oxo-1-pyrrolidine derivatives, processes for preparing them and their uses
CN106661053B (en) - three azabicyclic class compound of pyridyl group
TWI297682B (en) 2-oxo-1-pyrrolidine derivatives, processes for preparing them and their uses
TWI295286B (en) (2s)-2-[(2-oxo-4-propylpyrrolidinyl)butanamides and their uses
AU2005203276B2 (en) 2-oxo-1-pyrrolidine derivatives, processes for preparing them and their uses
TW200538436A (en) (2S)-2-[(4s)-4-(2, 2-difluorovinyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl]butanamides and their uses
TW200538435A (en) (2S)-2-[4-(2, 2-difluorovinyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl]butanoic acids and their uses
TW200538437A (en) (2S)-2-[2-oxo-4-propylpyrrolidinyl]butanamides and their uses
AU2005203275A1 (en) 2-oxo-1-pyrrolidine derivatives, processes for preparing them and their uses

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MK4A Expiration of patent term of an invention patent